-
1 περί-νοος
περί-νοος, zsgzgn περίνους, umsichtig, klug, περινούστατοι S. Emp. adv. log. 1, 326.
-
2 νόος
νόος, ὁ, zsgz. νοῦς, so immer im Att., bei Hom. nur einmal, Od. 10, 240; Hes. frg. 48, 2; bei Her. nie zusammengezogen; bei späteren Schriftstellern, bes. im N. T. u. bei K. S. findet sich auch, nach der 3. Declination gebildet, gen. νοός, dat. νοΐ, acc. νόα, plur. νόες, vgl. Lob. Phryn. 453; – eigtl. das geistige Wahrnehmen; – a) Sinn, Gesinnung, S i nnesartin sittlicher Beziehung; Od. 1, 3; εἰπὲ δέ μοι μνηστῆς ἀλόχου βουλήν τε νόον τε 11, 177; ἐμοὶ νόος ἐστὶν ἐναίσιμος, 5, 190; ϑεουδής, 6, 121 u. öfter; ἐν στήϑεσσιν ἀκήλητος νόος, 10, 329, vgl. 20, 388; oft unserm »Herz«, »Seele« entsprechend, χαῖρε νόῳ, er freute sich im Herzen, 8, 78, κεῠϑε νόῳ, Il. 1, 366, vgl. 16, 19; χόλος νόον οἰδάνει, Zorn schwellt die Seele, 9, 554; νόος ἔμπεδος, fester, unerschütterlicher Sinn, 11, 813; – εὐμενεῖ νόῳ, Pind. P. 8, 19; ϑερμαίνει νόον, Ol. 11, 91; νόον ἰαίνει φϑονερῶν, P. 2, 89; νοῠν ἔχοντ' ἀνδρῶν φίλον, 3, 5; ἐπικότως ἀεὶ τιϑέμενος ἄγναμπτον νόον, Aesch. Prom. 103; εὐφρανεῖ νόον, Ch. 731; οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο νοῠς κακὸς καλῶς φρονῶν, Soph. O. R. 600; εἰ τάδ' ἔχει κατὰ νοὖν κείνῳ, wenn es ihm nach seinem Sinne ist, O. C. 1768; κατὰ νοῦν πράττειν, Ar. Pax 746; χωρεῖ κατὰ νοῦν, es geht nach Wunsch, 906; ἐὰν κατὰ νόον μου γένηται, Her. 7, 150, öfter; πᾶσι κατὰ νόον ποιέειν, 6, 130; ἐκ παντὸς νόου παρεσκεύασται μένειν, 8, 97, sehr gern, wie wir sagen »von ganzem Herzen«; εἰ τεϑήσεται κατὰ νοῠν τὰ πράγματα, Thuc. 4, 120; κατὰ νοῦν ἐμαυτῷ, Plat. Phaed. 97 d; Polit. 290 c u. öfter; νοῠν ἔχειν ἐκεῖσε, δεῦρο, wie wir sagen »seinen Sinn auf Etwas richten«, Eur. Or. 1181 Phoen. 363. – b) Verstand, Klugheit, Ueberlegung; οὐ γάρ πως ἂν ϑνητὸς ἀνὴρ τάδε μηχανόῳτο ᾡ αὐτοῦ γε νόῳ, Od. 16, 197; ἐπιστήμων βουλῇ τε νόῳ τε, ib. 374; ἐμὲ παρὲκ νόον ἤγαγε, Il. 16, 391; ὅππως ἐξαπάφοιτο Διὸς νόον, 14, 160; ἥτ' ἔκλεψε νόον πύκα περ φρονεόντων, ib. 217; ὃς περὶ μὲν νόον ἐστὶ βροτῶν, Od. 1, 66; auch πέπνυσαι νόῳ, Il. 24, 377; νόῳ καὶ ἐπίφρονι βουλῇ φραζόμεϑα, Od. 3, 128; νόῳ, mit Ueberlegung, vernünftig, 6, 320. Vgl. noch τῇς ἐν μὲν νόος ἐστὶ μετὰ φρεσίν, Il. 18, 419. – Νόος ὀρϑός, richtige Einsicht, Pind. P. 10, 68; σὲ χρόνος γέρονϑ' ὁμοῦ τίϑησι καὶ τοῦ νοῦ κενόν, Soph. O. C. 935; νοῦς ἐξίσταται, Ant. 560; τὸν νοῦν διδάσκαλον ἔχειν, Eur. Troad. 647; νοῠν ἔχων καὶ φρένας, Ar. Ran. 535; – σὺν νόῳ ποιεῖν, verständig, Her. 8, 86; – νοῦν ἔχων, Plat. Phaedr. 241 b. – c) der einzelne Gedanke, auch Absicht, Beschluß, Rathschluß; von den Göttern, ἀνήρ δέ κεν οὔτι Διὸς νόον εἰρύσσαιτο, Il. 8, 143, οὐ γάρ τ' αἶψα ϑεῶν τρέπεται νόος, Od. 3, 147; ὄφρα κέ τι γνῶμεν Τρώων νόον ὅντιν' ἔχουσιν, Il. 22, 382; νόον ἐβούλευσας, Od. 5, 23; αἰεὶ ἐν στήϑεσσι νόον πολυκερδέα νωμῶν, 13, 255; oft verbunden ἐμῇ βουλῇ τε νόῳ τε, wie Od. 13, 305; καὶ μῆτις, Il. 15, 509, vgl. 23, 590; – Διὸς νόος μέγας κυβερνᾷ, Pind. P. 5, 122; νόον ὑπέϑηκε φροντίσιν, Ol. 1, 19; τοῦ στρατηγοῦ ταύτῃ ὁ νόος ἔφερε, Her. 9, 120; – νοῠν ἔχειν πρός τι, seine Gedanken, seine Aufmerksamkeit auf Etwas richten, Ar. Thesm. 291; oft νοῦν προςέχειν, absolut u. τινί; πρόςεχε τὸν νοῦν ἐμοί, neben ἄκουε, schenke mir deine Aufmerksamkeit, Equ. 1009; πρός τινι, 997; oft Plat. πρός τινα, Conv. 192 b, auch absolut; – νόῳ λαβεῖν, ὡς, erwägen, Her. 3, 41. 5, 91 u. öfter; νόῳ ἴσχων ὡς, sich erinnernd, im Geiste festhaltend, 5, 92, 2; τί σοι ἐν νῷ ἐστι ποιέειν, was beabsichtigst du zu thun? 1, 109; oft ἐν νῷ ἔχειν, vorhaben, beabsichtigen (wie auch Plat. Polit. 311 c Phaed. 63 c, u. öfter, u. A.); ἐπὶ νόον ποιέειν τινί, Einem Etwas in den Sinn bringen, ihm einen Gedanken eingeben, 1, 27; ἐπὶ νόον τρέπειν τινί, mit folgdm acc. c. int., 3, 21; – Sinn, Bedeutung, Begriff eines Wortes, Satzes, einer Rede, νοῦν ἔχει τίνα; Ar. Ran. 1439; νόος ῥήματος, der Sinn eines Ausspruchs, Her. 7, 162 u. Sp.; ὁ νοῦς τῶν παρακαλουμένων, Pol. 5, 83, 4; οὗτος ὁ νοῦς ἦν τῷ λελεγμένῳ, Luc. Prom. 3; Plut. u. bes. Gramm. oft. – Anaxagoras nannte den die Materie bewegenden u. belebenden göttlichen Geist νοὖς, u. die Philosophen von Arist. an bestimmten den Begriff desselben verschieden.
-
3 νόος
νόος, νόου, ὁ, [dialect] Att. [var] contr. [full] νοῦς, gen. νοῦ: Hom. uses the [var] contr. form once, in nom., Od.10.240, cf. Hes.Fr. 205 (Hdt. never): Trag. use [var] contr. form, exc. in A.Ch. 742 (iamb.), S.Ph. 1209 (lyr.): [dialect] Aeol. gen.Aνῶ Alc.Supp.9.1
; acc. νῶν Sapph.ib.25.2; νόον Ead.70 (s.v.l.): heterocl. forms are found in NT and later writers, gen.νοός Ep.Rom.7.23
, LXX 4 Ma.1.35; dat.νοΐ 1 Ep.Cor.1.10
, [Aristid.] Or.35(9).26; nom. pl.νόες Ph.1.86
, Plot.6.7.17, Dam.Pr.96; acc. pl.νόας Plu. Fr.7.27
, Iamb.Myst.1.15, Ammon.in Int.243.3 (v.l.), Dam.Pr. 103: [dialect] Att. pl. νοῖ, acc. νοῦς, gen. νόων ib. 122, dat. νοῖς ibid., is rare in early writers, as Ar.Fr. 471, but freq. in later philosophy:1 mind, as employed in perceiving and thinking, sense, wit,οὐ λῆθε Διὸς πυκινὸν ν. Il.15.461
;ν. πολυκερδέα Od.13.255
;ν. ὁρῇ καὶ ν. ἀκούει, τἄλλα κωφὰ καὶ τυφλά Epich.249
, cf. S.OT 371; prudently,Od.
6.320; senselessly,Il.
20.133; wisely,Hdt.
8.86, 138; ξὺν νῷ with play on ξυνῷ, Heraclit.114 ( νόῳ codd. Stob.);ξὺν νῷ ἑλομένῳ Pl. R. 619b
;οὐδενὶ ξὺν νῷ Id.Cri. 48c
;μηδενὶ ξὺν νῷ Ar.Nu. 580
;τοῦ νοῦ χωρίς S.OT 550
;τοῦ ν. κενός Id.OC 931
; νόῳ λαβεῖν τι to apprehend it, Hdt.3.51; νόῳ σχεῖν, ἔχειν, recall, remember, Id.5.92.ή, Pl.R. 490a;κοινὸς ν. Phld.Rh.1.37
S., Arr.Epict.3.6.8; ἀγαθὸς ν., σπουδαῖος ν., Phld.Rh.2.61, 1.252 S.2 νοῦν ἔχειν in two senses,a to have sense, be sensible, S.Tr. 553, El. 1013, 1465, Ar.Ra. 535, etc.;ὁ νοῦς ὅδ' αὐτὸς ν. ἔχων οὐ τυγχάνει E.IA 1139
; so ν. ὀλίγον κεκτημένος Ar.Ec. 747;σμικρὸν νοῦ κεκτῆσθαι Pl.Lg. 887e
; impers.,τὸ γὰρ περισσὰ πράσσειν οὐκ ἔχει ν. οὐδένα S.Ant.68
, cf. Pl.Ti. 68b; cf. νουνεχόντως.b νοῦν or τὸν ν. ἔχειν to have one's mind directed to something,ἄλλοσ' ὄμμα, θητέρᾳ δὲ ν. ἔχειν S.Tr. 272
, cf. Sapph.Supp.25.2;τὸν ν. πρὸς αὑτὸν οὐκ ἔχων, ἐκεῖσε δέ E.Ph. 1418
;δεῦρο ν. ἔχε Id.Or. 1181
; ; ποῦ τὸν ν. ἔχεις; Ar.Ec. 156; τὸν ν. ἔχειν πρός τινα or τι (like προσέχειν τὸν ν.) Th.7.19, Pl.Grg. 504d; , etc.;περί τινος Id.R. 534b
;ἐν πέρδιξιν AP7.206
(Damoch.): conversely, ἐπὶ νοῦν ἐλθεῖν τινι to occur to one, D.H.3.15, Arr.An.7.24.3.3 mind, more widely, as employed in feeling, deciding, etc., heart,χαῖρε νόῳ Od.8.78
;κεῦθε νόῳ Il.1.363
;[χόλος] οἰδάνει νόον 9.554
;ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἀτάρβητος ν. ἐστί 3.63
; ν. ἔμπεδος, ἀκήλητος, ἀπηνής, 11.813, Od.10.329, 18.381; ν. εὐμενής, ἄγναμπτος, etc., Pi.P.8.18, A.Pr. 164 (lyr.), etc.;πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων νόον ἔγνω Od.1.3
; ἐκ παντὸς νόου with all his heart and soul, Hdt.8.97; τῷ νῷ.. κἀπὸ τῆς γλώσσης in heart as well as tongue, S.OC 936: freq. in phrase κατὰ νόον according to one's mind, Hdt.1.117, 7.104; (anap.);πράξειας κατὰ ν. τὸν ἐμόν Id.Fr. 469
(anap.);κατὰ ν. πράξας Ar.Eq. 549
; , cf. Pl.Euthphr.3e.4 mind, resolve, purpose, ἀγαθῷ νόῳ, i.e. kindly, Hdt.1.60; τί σοι ἐν νόῳ ἐστὶ ποιέειν; what do you intend to do? ib. 109;ἡμῖν ἐν ν. ἐγένετο εἰπεῖν Id.9.46
; ἐν ν. ἔχειν c. [tense] fut. inf., to intend.., Id.1.10 (v.l.): c. [tense] pres. inf., ib. 27, Pl.R. 344d; ποιέειν τι ἐπὶ νόον τινί to put into his mind to do.., Hdt.1.27; ἐπὶ νόον τρέπειν τινί .. Id.3.21;ταύτῃ <ὁ> ν. ἔφερε Id.9.120
.5 reason, intellect,νόου φρενί Xenoph.25
, cf. Parm.16.2, etc.;θεῖος ν. Democr.112
, cf. Id. ap. Arist. de An. 404a28; opp. δόξα, Pl.Ti. 51d, cf. Arist. de An. 428a5.b Mind as the active principle of the Universe, Anaxag. 12, etc.;Θαλῆς νοῦν τοῦ κόσμου τὸν θεόν Placit.1.7.11
;ἡ τοῦ κόσμου γένεσις ἐξ ἀνάγκης καὶ νοῦ συστάσεως Pl. Ti. 48a
, cf. Sph. 249a, Phlb. 30c, Arist.Metaph. 1072b20, de An. 430a17, Zeno Stoic.1.28, Plot.5.1.4.II act of mind, thought, ; ; .III sense, meaning of a word, etc.,οὗτος ὁ νόος τοῦ ῥήματος Hdt.7.162
, cf. Ar.Ra. 1439, Plb.5.83.4, Phld.Rh. 1.106 S., etc.; ὁ νόος τῆς θυσίης cj. for νόμος in Hdt.1.216; meaning of a work of art, Philostr.VA4.28;πολὺς ν. ἐν ὀλίγῃ λέξει συνέσταλται Plu.2.510e
; πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν νοῦν to the same effect, Str.15.3.7; πρὸς νοῦν οὐδὲν λέγοντες to the point, Phld.Mus.p.96K.; senseless,Id.
Po.5.29.IV Pythag. name for μονάς, Theol.Ar.6. (Etym. dub.; the pr.n.Πολυνόϝα IG9(1).870
hardly proves νόϝος.) -
4 νοος
стяж. νοῦς ὅ1) мысль, ум, разумἐν νῷ ἔχειν τινά Plat. — мысленно представлять себе (т.е. помнить) кого-л.;
νοῦν ἔχειν πρός τι Arph. — направить свою мысль (обратить внимание) на что-л.2) ум, благоразумие, рассудительность, здравый смыслνόῳ Hom. и σὺν νόῳ Her. — разумно, рассудительно, с толком;
νοῦν ἴσχειν περί τι Plat. — смыслить (разбираться) в чем-л.;ὅσοι καὴ σμικρὸν νοῦ κέκτηνται Plat. — у кого есть хоть немного ума;περισσὰ πράσσειν οὐκ ἔχει νοῦν οὐδένα Soph. — делать невыполнимое бессмысленно;νοῦν σχές Soph. — образумься;ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοΐ NT. — по собственному разумению3) замысел, намерение, думаνόον νοεῖν или βουλεύειν Hom. — возыметь мысль, вознамериться;
λέξατε πρός με τί ἐν νῷ ἔχετε Xen. — скажите мне, что вы имеете в виду4) перен. душа, сердце, грудьμέ κεῦθε νόῳ Hom. — не таи в душе5) мнение, образ мыслейτῷ νῷ λέγειν Soph. — говорить по убеждению;ἀγαθῷ νόῳ Her. — благосклонно, радушно6) желание, воляταύτῃ ὅ νόος ἔφερε Her., — таково же было (и его) желание;
εἰ τεθήσεται κατὰ νοῦν τὰ πράγματα Thuc. — если обстоятельства сложатся как желательно7) смысл, значение(τοῦ ῥήματος Her.)
8) филос. (в идеалистич. системах древности) мировой разум(πάντα ὅ ν. διεκόσμησε Diog.L.) или мыслительное начало, принцип мышления
λέγω δὲ νοῦν ᾧ διανοεῖται καὴ ὑπολαμβάνει ἥ ψυχή Arst. — я называю умом то, чем душа мыслит и воспринимает -
5 ἀγχί-νοος
ἀγχί-νοος, - νους, schnellauffassend, scharfsinnig, Hom. einmal, Odyss. 13, 332 ἐπητής ἐσσι καὶ ἀγχίνοος καὶ ἐχέφρων, Scholl. ταχὺς περὶ τὸ νοῆσαι; Plat. verb. mit εὐμαϑής u. μνήμων Legg. V, 747 b, mit ὀξύς Theaet. 144 a; διὰ τὸ ἀγχ. εἶναι ταχὺ ἀπεκρίνετο Xen. Cvr. 1, 4, 3; – ἀγχινούστερος Aesop. 57. – Adv. ἀγχίνως, Arist.
-
6 περίνοος
περί-νοος, umsichtig, klug -
7 περινοος
-
8 νοῦς
νοῦς, νοός, νοί̈, νοῦν, ὁ (contracted fr. νόος.—Hom. et al.; pap, LXX, TestSol, Test12Patr; SibOr 3, 574; EpArist 276; Philo [oft.]; Jos., Ant. 3, 65, Vi. 122 al.; apolog. exc. Mel.—On its declension s. B-D-F §52; W-S. §8, 11; Mlt-H. 127; 142) in the NT only in Pauline lit. except for Lk 24:45; Rv 13:18; 17:9.ⓐ mind, intellect as the side of life contrasted w. physical existence, the higher, mental part of a human being that initiates thoughts and plans (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 38, 21; 52, 24; Did., Gen. 57, 26): ὁ νόμος τοῦ νοός (μου) the law of (my) intellect Ro 7:22 v.l., 23. (Opp. σάρξ) τῷ ν. δουλεύειν νόμῳ θεοῦ serve the law of God w. one’s intellect vs. 25.ⓑ understanding, mind as faculty of thinking (Hippol., Ref. 4, 43, 2; Did., Gen. 44, 11 [w. λογισμός]) διανοίγειν τὸν ν. τινος open someone’s mind Lk 24:45. ὁ ἔχων νοῦν whoever has understanding Rv 13:18 (ν. ἔχειν as Aristoph., Equ. 482; Hyperid. 3, 23; Dio Chrys. 17 [34], 39; 23 [40], 26; Ael. Aristid. 23, 12 K.=42 p. 771 D.; EpArist 276; Philo, Mos. 1, 141; TestReub 3:8; Ar. 9, 5; Just., D. 30, 1; 60, 2; Tat. 1, 2). ὧδε ὁ ν. ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν here is (i.e. this calls for) a mind with wisdom 17:9. νοῦν διδόναι grant understanding Dg 10:2. Also παρέχειν νοῦν 11:5. ὁ σοφίαν καὶ νοῦν θέμενος ἐν ἡμῖν τῶν κρυφίων αὐτοῦ who has placed in us wisdom and understanding of his secrets 6:10. ποικίλος τῇ φρονήσει καὶ τῷ ν. diverse in thought and understanding Hs 9, 17, 2a; cp. vs. 2b. Of the peace of God ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα ν. which surpasses all power of thought Phil 4:7. In contrast to the divine Pneuma which inspires the ‘speaker in tongues’: ὁ ν. μου ἄκαρπός ἐστιν my mind is unfruitful, because it remains inactive during the glossolalia 1 Cor 14:14. προσεύχεσθαι τῷ ν. (opp. τῷ πνεύματι.—νόῳ as instrumental dat. as Pind., P. 1, 40) pray w. the understanding vs. 15a; ψάλλειν τῷ ν. vs. 15b. θέλω πέντε λόγους τῷ ν. μου λαλῆσαι I would rather speak five words w. my understanding vs. 19 (cp. 1QS 10:9).—As a designation of Christ (cp. SibOr 8, 284) in a long series of expressions (w. φῶς) Dg 9:6 (cp. Epict. 2, 8, 2 τίς οὖν οὐσία θεοῦ; νοῦς, ἐπιστήμη, λόγος ὀρθός. Theoph. Ant. 1, 3 [p. 62, 14] νοῦν ἐὰν εἴπω, φρόνησιν αὐτοῦ [sc. τοῦ θεοῦ] λέγω; Ath. 10, 2 νοῦς καὶ λόγος τοῦ πατρὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. The god Νοῦς in the Herm. Wr.: Rtzst., Mysterienrel3 47 al.; JKroll, D. Lehren des Hermes Trismegistos 1914, 10ff; 60ff al.; PGM 5, 465 ὁ μέγας Νοῦς; Iren. 1, 1, 1 [Harv. I 9, 7], 1, 2, 1 [Harv. I 13, 7]: names of Aeons in gnostic speculation).—Also the state of sensibleness, composure in contrast to the disturbances of soul brought about by the expectation of the Parousia, σαλευθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ νοός be shaken, and thereby lose your calmness of mind 2 Th 2:2.② way of thinking, mind, attitude, as the sum total of the whole mental and moral state of being (Just., A I, 15, 16)ⓐ as possessed by every person μεταμορφοῦσθαι τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ ν. be transformed by the renewing of the mind, which comes about when Christians have their natural νοῦς penetrated and transformed by the Spirit which they receive at baptism Ro 12:2 (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.). W. the same sense ἀνανεοῦσθαι τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ ν. ὑμῶν you must adopt a new attitude of mind Eph 4:23 (the piling up of synonyms is a distinctive feature of Eph; s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Eph 1:14). Of polytheists παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον ν. God abandoned them to depraved thoughts Ro 1:28. τὰ ἔθνη περιπατεῖ ἐν ματαιότητι τοῦ ν. αὐτῶν the nations/gentiles live w. their minds fixed on futile things Eph 4:17. Of one who is in error: εἰκῇ φυσιούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ ν. τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ groundlessly conceited (lit. ‘puffed up’) by his mind, fixed on purely physical things Col 2:18. κατεφθαρμένος τὸν ν. with depraved mind 2 Ti 3:8; also διεφθαρμένος τὸν ν. 1 Ti 6:5 (B-D-F §159, 3; Rob. 486). μεμίανται αὐτῶν καὶ ὁ ν. καὶ ἡ συνείδησις their minds and consciences are unclean Tit 1:15. ὁ ν. αὐτῶν περὶ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτῶν καταγίνεται their mind is fixed on their own business Hm 10, 1, 5.ⓑ specif. of the Christian attitude or way of thinking κατηρτισμένοι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ νοί̈ 1 Cor 1:10. Through baptism believers receive μίαν φρόνησιν καὶ ἕνα νοῦν Hs 9, 17, 4; cp. 9, 18, 4. εἷς νοῦς, μία ἐλπίς is to rule in the church IMg 7:1.③ result of thinking, mind, thought, opinion, decree (Hom. et al. of gods and humans; cp. Hippol., Ref. 9, 10, 8) ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ν. πληροφορείσθω each pers. is to be fully convinced in his own mind Ro 14:5. τίς γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου; who has known the Lord’s thoughts? (Is 40:13) 11:34; 1 Cor 2:16a. When Paul continues in the latter passage vs. 16b w. ἡμεῖς νοῦν Χριστοῦ ἔχομεν, he is using the scriptural word νοῦς to denote what he usu. calls πνεῦμα (vs. 14f). He can do this because his νοῦς (since he is a ‘pneumatic’ person) is filled w. the Spirit (s. 2a above), so that in his case the two are interchangeable. Such a νοῦς is impossible for a ‘psychic’ person.—OMoe, Vernunft u. Geist im NT: ZST 11, ’34, 351–91; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 358–90; TKrischer, Glotta 62, ’84, 141–49. S. καρδία end; νοέω end.—B. 1198. DELG s.v. νόος. Schmidt, Syn. III 621–55. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
9 λόγος
λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word v. Theo Sm.pp.72,73 H., An.Ox.4.327): common in all periods in Prose and Verse, exc. Epic, in which it is found in signf. derived from λέγω (B) 111, cf.infr. VI. 1 a:1 account of money handled,σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν IG12.374.191
; ἐδίδοσαν τὸν λ. ib.232.2;λ. δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων Hdt.3.142
, cf. 143;οὔτε χρήματα διαχειρίσας τῆς πόλεως δίδωμι λ. αὐτῶν οὔτε ἀρχὴν ἄρξας οὐδεμίαν εὐθύνας ὑπέχω νῦν αὐτῆς Lys.24.26
;λ. ἀπενεγκεῖν Arist.Ath.54.1
;ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις τοῦ τοιούτου λ. ὑπεχέτω Pl.Lg. 774b
;τὸν τῶν χρημάτων λ. παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν D.8.47
;ἀδικήματα εἰς ἀργυρίου λ. ἀνήκοντα Din.1.60
; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, Ev.Matt.18.23, etc.; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, Cod.Just.1.4.26.1; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H.: metaph.,οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν S.Aj. 477
.b public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ., in Egypt, OGI188.2, 189.3, 669.38; also as title of treasurer, ib.408.4, Str.17.1.12;ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν λ. IPE2.29
A ([place name] Panticapaeum); δημόσιος λ., = Lat. fiscus, OGI669.21 (Egypt, i A.D.), etc. (but later, = aerarium, Cod.Just.1.5.15); alsoΚαίσαρος λ. OGI669.30
; κυριακὸς λ. ib.18.2 generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, S.OC 1225 (lyr.); δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, Hdt.8.100;λ. αἰτεῖν Pl.Plt. 285e
;λ. δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι Id.Prt. 336c
, al.;λαμβάνειν λ. καὶ ἐλέγχειν Id.Men. 75d
;παρασχεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων λ. Id.R. 344d
;λ. ἀπαιτεῖν D.30.15
, cf. Arist. EN 1104a3; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, D.19.95;λ. ἐγγράψαι Id.24.199
, al.;λ. ἀποφέρειν τῇ πόλει Aeschin.3.22
, cf. Eu. Luc.16.2, Ep.Hebr.13.17;τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγειν Plb.15.34.2
; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, Plot.6.9.4; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, Arist.APo. 74b27; ἐς λ. τινός on account of,ἐς χρημάτων λ. Th.3.46
, cf. Plb.5.89.6, LXX 2 Ma1.14, JRS 18.152 ([place name] Jerash); λόγῳ c. gen., by way of, Cod.Just.3.2.5. al.; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, Arist.HA 517b27;πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λ. Ep.Hebr.4.13
, cf. D.Chr.31.123.3 measure, tale (cf. infr. 11.1),θάλασσα.. μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν Heraclit.31
;ψυχῆς ἐστι λ. ἑαυτὸν αὔξων Id.115
; ἐς τούτου (sc. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, Hdt.3.99, cf.7.9.β; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, Th.7.56, cf. Ep.Phil.4.15; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, Pl.Lg. 746e; sum, total of expenditure, IG42(1).103.151 (Epid., iv B.C.); ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ., = Lat. patrimonii modus, Cod.Just.1.5.12.20.4 esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (cf. infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, Heraclit.39; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν' A.Pr. 233;οὐ σμικροῦ λ. S.OC 1163
: freq. in Hdt.,Μαρδονίου λ. οὐδεὶς γίνεται 8.102
;τῶν ἦν ἐλάχιστος ἀπολλυμένων λ. 4.135
, cf. E.Fr.94;περὶ ἐμοῦ οὐδεὶς λ. Ar.Ra.87
; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with.., Hdt.1.120, cf.4.138; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, Id.1.33; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, Id.1.143, 3.146; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Lat. rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, Democr.187, etc.: usu. in neg. statements,οὐδένα λ. ποιήσασθαί τινος Hdt.1.4
, cf. 13, Plb.21.14.9, etc.;λ. ἔχειν Hdt.1.62
, 115;λ. ἴσχειν περί τινος Pl.Ti. 87c
;λ. ἔχειν περὶ τοὺς ποιητάς Lycurg.107
;λ. ἔχειν τινός D.18.199
, Arist.EN 1102b32, Plu.Phil.18 (but also, have the reputation of.., v. infr. VI. 2 e);ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ποιήσασθαί τι Hdt.3.50
; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, Id.9.70;ἐν σμικρῷ λ. εἶναι Pl.R. 550a
; ὑμεῖς οὔτ' ἐν λ. οὔτ' ἐν ἀριθμῷ Orac. ap. Sch.Theoc.14.48; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, Hdt.3.120; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as.., Eus.Mynd.Fr. 59;σεμνὸς εἰς ἀρετῆς λ. καὶ δόξης D.19.142
.II relation, correspondence, proportion,1 generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), Thgn.418 = 1164;πρὸς λόγον τοῦ σήματος A.Th. 519
; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, Hdt.1.134, cf. 7.36;κατὰ λ. τῆς ἀποφορῆς Id.2.109
; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, Hp.VM16, Prog.17: c. gen., κατὰ λ. τῶν πρόσθεν ib. 24;κατὰ λ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ar. Nu. 619
;κατὰ λ. τῆς δυνάμεως X. Cyr.8.6.11
;ἐλάττω ἢ κατὰ λ. Arist. HA 508a2
, cf. PA 671a18;ἐκ ταύτης ἐγένετο ἐκείνη κατὰ λ. Id.Pol. 1257a31
; cf. εὔλογος: sts. with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to.., Hdt.1.186; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Prm. 136b, al.; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, Id.R. 353d; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, IG12.76.8; by parity of reasoning, Pl.Cra. 393c, R. 610a, al.; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, Id.Ti. 29c, Alc.2.145d; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς.. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to.. as.., Procl.in Euc.p.20 F., al.2 Math., ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ' ἀνάλογον λ., λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας, Theo Sm.p.73 H.), Pythag. 2;ἰσότης λόγων Arist.EN 113a31
;λ. ἐστὶ δύο μεγεθῶν ἡ κατὰ πηλικότητα ποιὰ σχέσις Euc.5
Def.3;τῶν ἁρμονιῶν τοὺς λ. Arist.Metaph. 985b32
, cf. 1092b14; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, Aristox.Harm.p.32 M.; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, Euc.Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, Aristox.Harm.p.34 M.;ἐὰν ᾖ ἰσχυροτέρα τοῦ αἰσθητηρίου ἡ κίνησις, λύεται ὁ λ. Arist.de An. 424a31
; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, Archyt.2; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, Pl. Ti. 37a; soκατὰ λ. Men.319.6
; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, Plb.6.30.3, 9.15.3 (but πρὸς λόγον ἐπὶ στενὸν συνάγεται narrows uniformly, Sor. 1.9, cf. Diocl.Fr.171);ἐπὶ λόγον IG5(1).1428
([place name] Messene).3 Gramm., analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncope, Choerob. in Theod.1.75 Gaisf., 1.377 H.;εἰπέ μοι τὸν λ. τοῦ Αἴας Αἴαντος, τουτέστι τὸν κανόνα An.Ox. 4.328
.1 plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ.; A.Ch. 515;ἐξ οὐδενὸς λ. S.Ph. 731
;ἀπὸ παντὸς λ. Id.OC 762
;χὠ λ. καλὸς προσῆν Id.Ph. 352
;σὺν ἀφανεῖ λ. Id.OT 657
(lyr., v.l. λόγων); ἐν ἀφανεῖ λ. Antipho 5.59
;ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ λ. Hdt.6.124
; κατὰ τίνα λ.; on what ground? Pl.R. 366b; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, Id.Prt. 343d; ἐπὶ τίνι λ.; for what reason? X.HG2.2.19; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, Aeschin.3.228; τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; what just cause is there? Pl.Grg. 512c; τίνι λ.; on what account? Act.Ap.10.29; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that.., ib.18.14; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, Pl.Ap. 31b; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, ib. 34b.b plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, ib. 18b, al., Arist.Rh. 1402a24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1042 (pl.); personified, ib. 886, al.;ἀμύνεις τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς λ. Pl.Phlb. 38a
;ἀνοίσεις τοὺς λ. αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεόν LXXEx.18.19
; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against.., Act.Ap.19.38.2 statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας prob. in Heraclit.50; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, Parm.8.50; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Democr.7; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, S.El. 466, Pl.Phd. 62d, etc.;ἔχει λ. D.44.32
;οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ καταβαλεῖ λ. E.Ba. 202
;δίκασον.. τὸν λ. ἀκούσας Pl.Lg. 696b
; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ. ib. 714d, cf. Sph. 238b, Phlb. 50a; ὡς ὁ λ. (sc. λέγει) Arist.EN 1115b12; ὡς ὁ λ. ὁ ὀρθὸς λέγει ib. 1138b20, cf. 29;ὁ λ. θέλει προσβιβάζειν Phld.Rh.1.41
, cf.1.19 S.; ;λ. καθαίρων Aristo Stoic.1.88
; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, Phld.Mus.p.77 K.; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, Ev.Jo.5.24; ὁ προφητικὸς λ., collect., of VT prophecy, 2 Ep.Pet.1.19: pl.,ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα Heraclit.108
;οὐκ ἐπίθετο τοῖς ἐμοῖς λ. Ar.Nu.73
; of arguments leading to a conclusion ([etym.] ὁ λ.), Pl. Cri. 46b;τὰ Ἀναξαγόρου βιβλία γέμει τούτων τῶν λ. Id.Ap. 26d
; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, Arist.EN 1095a31; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. Id.APr. 24b18; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, Plot.6.8.7.b ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ., title of a discourse by Protagoras, D.L.9.54; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ., name of an argument, ib.23;ὁ αὐξόμενος λ. Plu.2.559b
; καταβάλλοντες (sc. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, S.E.M.7.60;λ. σοφιστικοί Arist.SE 165a34
, al.;οἱ μαθηματικοὶ λ. Id.Rh. 1417a19
, etc.; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ., current outside the Lyceum, Id.Ph. 217b31, al.; Δισσοὶ λ., title of a philosophical treatise (= Dialex.); Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, Ath.8.338d.c in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion,πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος Arist.APr. 24a16
.d rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, Pi.O.2.22, P.1.35, N.4.31;πείθεσθαι τῷ λ. ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται Pl.Cri. 46b
, cf. c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, Id.Lg. 696c; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, Arist.EN 1139a32; of the final cause,ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν Id.PA 639b15
; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου ib.18; [τέχνη] ἕξις μετὰ λ. ἀληθοῦς ποιητική Id.EN 1140a10
; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, ib. 1144b27, 1147b3, al.; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently,ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν Pl.Lg. 689d
, cf. Ti. 89d; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opp. κατὰ πάθος, Arist.EN 1169a5; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, Plb.1.20.3.3 law, rule of conduct,ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ Heraclit.72
;πολλοὶ λόγον μὴ μαθόντες ζῶσι κατὰ λόγον Democr.53
; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, Arist.Pol. 1286a17;ὁ νόμος.. λ. ὢν ἀπό τινος φρονήσεως καὶ νοῦ Id.EN 1180a21
; ὁ νόμος.. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, Plu. 2.780c; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, Phld.Piet.30, cf. 102;ὁ προστακτικὸς τῶν ποιητέων ἢ μὴ λ. κοινός M.Ant.4.4
.4 thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, Pl. Prt. 344b; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, Id.Phd. 100a; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, Arist.Cael. 296a20.5 reason, ground,πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε Heraclit.1
;οὕτω βαθὺν λ. ἔχει Id.45
; ἐκ λόγου, opp. μάτην, Leucipp. 2;μέγιστον σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λ. Meliss.8
; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for.., Pl.Grg. 465a; μετὰ λόγουτε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας Id.Sph. 265c
; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα ([etym.] ἐπιστήμη) Id.Tht. 201c; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, Arist. Metaph. 1011a12;οἱ ἁπάντων ζητοῦντες λ. ἀναιροῦσι λ. Thphr.Metaph. 26
.6 formula (wider than definition, but freq. equivalent thereto), term expressing reason,λ. τῆς πολιτείας Pl.R. 497c
; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, Id.Phdr. 245e;ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λ. Id.R. 343a
; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας ib. 534b, cf. Phd. 78d;τὰς πολλὰς ἐπιστήμας ἑνὶ λ. προσειπεῖν Id.Tht. 148d
;ὁ τῆς οἰκοδομήσεως λ. ἔχει τὸν τῆς οἰκίας Arist. PA 646b3
;τεθείη ἂν ἴδιον ὄνομα καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν λ. Id.Metaph. 1006b5
, cf. 1035b4;πᾶς ὁρισμὸς λ. τίς ἐστι Id.Top. 102a5
; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, Id.de An. 414b23; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, Id.Pol. 1276b24;πηγῆς λ. ἔχον Ph.2.477
; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of.., Plu.2.637d; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (cf. supr. II) of combination, Arist.PA 642a22, cf. Metaph. 993a17.7 reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law,κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα Pl.R. 500c
; κατ τὸν < αὐτὸν αὖ> λ. by the same law, Epich.170.18;ψυχῆς τὸ πᾶν τόδε διοικούσης κατὰ λ. Plot.2.3.13
; esp. in Stoic Philos., the divine order,τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν Zeno Stoic.1.24
; τὸ ποιοῦν τὸν ἐν [τῇ ὕλῃ] λ. τὸν θεόν ibid., cf. 42;ὁ τοῦ κόσμου λ. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.264
; λόγος, = φύσει νόμος, Stoic.2.169;κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώποις λ. M.Ant.7.53
;ὁ ὀρθὸς λ. διὰ πάντων ἐρχόμενος Chrysipp.Stoic.3.4
: so in Plot.,τὴν φύσιν εἶναι λόγον, ὃς ποιεῖ λ. ἄλλον γέννημα αὑτοῦ 3.8.2
.b σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms,ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου Zeno Stoic.1.28
: usu. in pl., Stoic. 2.205,314,al.;γίνεται τὰ ἐν τῷ παντὶ οὐ κατὰ σπερματικούς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λ. περιληπτικούς Plot.3.1.7
, cf.4.4.39: so withoutσπερματικός, ὥσπερ τινὲς λ. τῶν μερῶν Cleanth.Stoic.1.111
;οἱ λ. τῶν ὅλων Ph.1.9
.c in Neo-Platonic Philos., of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe,ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι Plot.3.8.4
;οἱ ἐν σπέρματι λ. πλάττουσι.. τὰ ζῷα οἷον μικρούς τινας κόσμους Id.4.3.10
, cf.3.2.16,3.5.7; opp. ὅρος, Id.6.7.4;ἀφανεῖς λ. τῆς φύσεως Procl.
in R.1.18 K.; τεχνικοὶ λ. ib.142 K., al.IV inward debate of the soul (cf.λ. ὃν αὐτὴ πρὸς αὑτὴν ἡ ψυχὴ διεξέρχεται Pl.Tht. 189e
( διάλογος in Sph. 263e); ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opp. ὁ ἔξω λ.), Arist.APo. 76b25, 27; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opp. ὁ προφορικὸς λ., Stoic.2.43, Ph.2.154),1 thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opp. ἰδία φρόνησις, Heraclit. 2; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ.. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, Parm.1.36; reflection, deliberation (cf. VI.3),ἐδίδου λόγον ἑωυτῷ περὶ τῆς ὄψιος Hdt.1.209
, cf. 34, S.OT 583, D.45.7; μὴ εἰδέναι.. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, Anaxag.7;ἃ δὴ λόγῳ μὲν καὶ διανοίᾳ ληπτά, ὄψει δ' οὔ Pl.R. 529d
, cf. Prm. 135e;ὁ λ. ἢ ἡ αἴσθησις Arist.EN 1149a35
,al.; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opp. αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, Aristocl. ap. Eus.PE14.17: hence λόγῳ or τῷ λ. in idea, in thought,τῷ λ. τέμνειν Pl.R. 525e
; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, Arist. EN 1102a30, cf. GC 320b14, al.; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opp. sensibly perceived, Placit.1.3.5, cf. Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.20;τοὺς λ. θεωρητοὺς χρόνους Epicur.Ep.1p.19U.
; διὰ λόγου θ. χ. ib.p.10 U.;λόγῳ καταληπτός Phld.Po.5.20
, etc.; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, Hdt.2.33; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, Id.3.45,6.124, cf. Pl.Cri. 48c (but, our argument shows, Lg. 663d): also c. acc. pers., χρᾶται ὅ τι μιν λ. αἱρέει as the whim took him, Hdt.1.132; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, Id.4.127, cf. Pl.R. 607b; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, Zeno Stoic.1.50, M.Ant.2.5, cf. 4.24, Arr.Epict. 2.2.20, etc.: coupled or contrasted with other functions, καθ' ὕπνον ἐπειδὴ λόγου καὶ φρονήσεως οὐ μετεῖχε since reason and understanding are in abeyance, Pl.Ti. 71d; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opp. αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, Id.Sph. 265c; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opp. μετ' αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, Id.Ti. 28a; τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ μετ' ἀληθοῦς λ., opp. τὸ δὲ ἄλογον, ib. 51e, cf. 70d, al.;λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν Id.Phlb. 62a
; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, Id.Phd. 73a;πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη τῶν καθόλου Arist.Metaph. 1059b26
;τὸ λόγον ἔχον Id.EN 1102b15
, 1138b9, al.: in sg. and pl., contrasted by Pl. and Arist. as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sts. with depreciatory emphasis on the former,εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα Pl.Phd. 99e
; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opp. τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities), ib. 100a;τῇ αἰσθήσει μᾶλλον τῶν λ. πιστευτέον Arist.GA 760b31
; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ., opp. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, Id.Ph. 189a4; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opp. ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, Id.Mete. 378b20; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opp. ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, Id.Pol. 1326a29;ἡ πίστις οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λ. Id.Ph. 262a19
;μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα τοῖς λ. Id.Pol. 1334a6
; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opp. perception, Id.Ph. 189a7; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opp. practice, Epicur.Sent.25; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opp. intuition, Arist.EN 1142a26, 1143b1; reasoning in general, ib. 1149a26; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, Id.Metaph. 1063b10;λ. καὶ φρόνησιν Phld.Mus.p.105
K.; ὁ λ. ἢ λογισμός ibid.; τὸ ἰδεῖν οὐκέτι λ., ἀλλὰ μεῖζον λόγου καὶ πρὸ λόγου, of mystical vision, opp. reasoning, Plot.6.9.10.—Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, Pl.Ti. 30b;οὔκουν τόν γ' εἰκότα λ. ἂν ἔχοι Id.Lg. 647d
; παρὰ λόγον, opp. κατὰ λ., Arist.Rh.Al. 1429a29, cf. EN 1167b19; cf. παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, E.Ba. 940).2 reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [Epich.] 256; [θυμοειδὲς] τοῦ λ. κατήκοον Pl.Ti. 70a
; [θυμὸς] ὑπὸ τοῦ λ. ἀνακληθείς Id.R. 440d
; σύμμαχον τῷ λ. τὸν θυμόν ib. b;πειθαρχεῖ τῷ λ. τὸ τοῦ ἐγκρατοῦς Arist. EN 1102b26
; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ. ib.17;ἐναντίωσις λόγου πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας Plot.4.7.13(8)
;οὐ θυμός, οὐκ ἐπιθυμία, οὐδὲ λ. οὐδέ τις νόησις Id.6.9.11
: freq. in Stoic. Philos. of human Reason, opp. φαντασία, Zeno Stoic.1.39; opp. φύσις, Stoic.2.206; οὐ σοφία οὐδὲ λ. ἐστὶν ἐν [τοῖς ζῴοις] ibid.;τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ὡς λ. ἔχων λ. μὴ ἔχουσι χρῶ M.Ant.6.23
;ὁ λ. κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς θεούς Arr.Epict. 1.3.3
;οἷον [εἰκὼν] λ. ὁ ἐν προφορᾷ λόγου τοῦ ἐν ψυχῇ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὴ λ. νοῦ Plot.5.1.3
; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (sc. εὐδαιμονίαν) Procl.in Ti.3.334 D.; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [Epich.] 257;τὸν θεῖον λ. καθ' Ἡράκλειτον δι' ἀναπνοῆς σπάσαντες νοεροὶ γινόμεθα S.E.M.7.129
(cf. infr. x).b creative reason,ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν Plot.3.2.14
;ἀρχὴ οὖν λ. καὶ πάντα λ. καὶ τὰ γινόμενα κατ' αὐτόν Id.3.2.15
;οἱ λ. πάντες ψυχαί Id.3.2.18
.2 legend,ἱρὸς λ. Hdt.2.62
, cf. 47, Pi.P.3.80 (pl.);συνθέντες λ. E.Ba. 297
;λ. θεῖος Pl.Phd. 85d
; ἱεροὶ λ., of Orphic rhapsodies, Suid. S.V. Ὀρφεύς.3 tale, story,ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. Xenoph. 7.1
, cf. Th.1.97, etc.;συνθέτους λ. A.Pr. 686
; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, E.Ba. 663; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', Pl.Ap. 34e; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, Isoc.3.27: pl., histories,ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. Hdt.1.184
, cf. 106, 2.99; so in sg., a historical work, Id.2.123, 6.19,7.152: also in sg., one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), Id.2.38,6.39, cf. VI.3d; so in pl.,ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. Id.2.161
, cf. 1.75,5.22,7.93, 213;ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. Id.5.36
; ὁ πρῶτος λ., of St. Luke's gospel, Act.Ap.1.1: in Pl., opp. μῦθος, as history to legend, Ti. 26e; , cf. Grg. 523a (but μῦθον λέγειν, opp. λόγῳ ( argument)διεξελθεῖν Prt. 320c
, cf. 324d);περὶ λόγων καὶ μύθων Arist.Pol. 1336a30
;ὁ λ... μῦθός ἐστι Ael.NA4.34
.4 speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc.,χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ Aeschin.3.57
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1358a38;δικανικοὶ λ. Id.EN 1181a4
;τρία γένη τῶν λ. τῶν ῥητορικῶν, συμβουλευτικόν, δικανικόν, ἐπιδεικτικόν Id.Rh. 1358b7
;τῷ γράψαντι τὸν λ. Thphr. Char.17.8
, cf.λογογράφος 11
; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, Pl.Mx. 236b; esp. of the body of a speech, opp. ἐπίλογος, Arist.Rh. 1420b3; opp. προοίμιον, ib. 1415a12; body of a law, opp. proem, Pl.Lg. 723b; spoken, opp. written word,τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι Id.Phdr. 276a
; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, ib. 243c; published speech, D.C.40.54; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy ([etym.] ῥήσεις), Arist.Po. 1450b6,9.VI verbal expression or utterance (cf. λέγω (B) 111), rarely a single word, v. infr. b, never in Gramm. signf. of vocable ([etym.] ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usu. of a phrase, cf. IX. 3 (the only sense found in [dialect] Ep.).a pl., without Art., talk,τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις Il.15.393
;αἱμύλιοι λ. Od.1.56
, h.Merc. 317, Hes.Th. 890, Op.78, 789, Thgn.704, A.R.3.1141; ψευδεῖς Λ., personified, Hes.Th. 229;ἀφροδίσιοι λ. Semon.7.91
;ἀγανοῖσι λ. Pi.P. 4.101
; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, Id.N.8.21; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, S.Aj. 1268 (s.v.l.), El. 415; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, Id.OT 681 (lyr.): also in sg., λέγ' εἴ σοι τῷ λ. τις ἡδονή speak if thou delightest in talking, Id.El. 891.b sg., expression, phrase,πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. Id.Ant. 1245
, cf. E.Hipp. 514;μυρίας ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ Hdt.2.37
; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, Simon.189, Arist.Metaph. 1091a8; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, Plot.4.9.3; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, Pl.Phdr. 241e, Phd. 65d; concisely, Arist. EN 1103b21 (but also, = ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ. Id.GC 325a1): pl., λ. θελκτήριοι magic words, E.Hipp. 478; rarely of single words,λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν Arist.Rh. 1406a36
; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, Ev.Matt.15.23.c coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc., mostly in a depreciatory sense,λ. ἔργου σκιή Democr. 145
;ὥσπερ μικρὸν παῖδα λόγοις μ' ἀπατᾷς Thgn.254
; λόγῳ, opp. ἔργῳ, Democr.82, etc.;νηπίοισι οὐ λ. ἀλλὰ ξυμφορὴ διδάσκαλος Id.76
;ἔργῳ κοὐ λόγῳ τεκμαίρομαι A.Pr. 338
, cf. S.El.59, OC 782;λόγῳ μὲν λέγουσι.. ἔργῳ δὲ οὐκ ἀποδεικνῦσι Hdt.4.8
;οὐ λόγων, φασίν, ἡ ἀγορὴ δεῖται, χαλκῶν δέ Herod.7.49
;οὔτε λ. οὔτε ἔργῳ Lys.9.14
; λόγοις, opp. ψήφῳ, Aeschin.2.33; opp. νόῳ, Hdt.2.100;οὐ λόγῳ μαθών E.Heracl.5
;ἐκ λόγων, κούφου πράγματος Pl.Lg. 935a
; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα ib. 886e, cf. Luc.Anach.19;ἵνα μὴ λ. οἴησθε εἶναι, ἀλλ' εἰδῆτε τὴν ἀλήθειαν Lycurg.23
, cf. D.30.34; opp. πρᾶγμα, Arist.Top. 146a4; opp. βία, Id.EN 1179b29, cf. 1180a5; opp. ὄντα, Pl.Phd. 100a; opp. γνῶσις, 2 Ep.Cor.11.6; λόγῳ in pretence, Hdt.1.205, Pl.R. 361b, 376d, Ti. 27a, al.; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words,ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο Id.Cri. 46d
; λόγου χάριν, opp. ὡς ἀληθῶς, Arist.Pol. 1280b8; but also, let us say, for instance, Id.EN 1144a33, Plb.10.46.4, Phld. Sign.29, M.Ant.4.32; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, Pl.Tht. 191c; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ., = Lat. verbo tenus, Plb.10.24.7, Epict.Ench.16: sts. without depreciatory force, the antithesis or parallelism being verbal (cf. 'word and deed'),λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει S.OC68
;ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λ. Pl.R. 382e
, cf. D.S.13.101, Ev.Luc.24.19, Act.Ap.7.22, Paus.2.16.2; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opp. τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, Th. 1.22.2 common talk, report, tradition,ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην Batr. 8
;λ. ἐκ πατέρων Alc.71
;οὐκ ἔστ' ἔτυμος λ. οὗτος Stesich.32
;διξὸς λέγεται λ. Hdt.3.32
;λ. ὑπ' Αἰγυπτίων λεγόμενος Id.2.47
; νέον [λ.] tidings, S.Ant. 1289 (lyr.); τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, Hdt.2.148: also in pl., ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι κείμενοι traditions, Pl.Lg. 886b.b rumour,ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit. 87
; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, B.14.44; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Th.6.46; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς .. Plb.3.89.3; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι .. Ev.Jo.21.23, cf. Act.Ap.11.22; fiction, Ev.Matt.28.15.c mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, Hdt.4.28, cf. Plb.1.24.8, etc.; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, Hdt.2.35; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, Th. 2.50;μείζω ἔργα ἢ ὡς τῷ λ. τις ἂν εἴποι D.6.11
.d the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour (cf. supr. 1.4),πολλὰ φέρειν εἴωθε λ... πταίσματα Thgn.1221
;λ. ἐσλὸν ἀκοῦσαι Pi.I.5(4).13
;πλέονα.. λ. Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν Id.N.7.21
;ἵνα λ. σε ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθός Hdt.7.5
, cf. 9.78; Τροίαν.. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, E.IT 517;οὐκ ἂν ἦν λ. σέθεν Id.Med. 541
: less freq. in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, S. Aj. 138 (anap.), E.Heracl. 165: pl., λόγους ψιθύρους πλάσσων slanders, S.Aj. 148 (anap.).e λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, c. acc. et inf.,ἔστ τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν Simon.58.1
, cf. S.El. 417; λ. μὲν ἔστ' ἀρχαῖος ὡς .. Id.Tr.1; λ. alone, E.Heracl.35;ὡς λ. A.Supp. 230
, Pl. Phlb. 65c, etc.;λ. ἐστί Hdt.7.129
,9.26, al.;λ. αἰὲν ἔχει S.OC 1573
(lyr.); ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, Th.1.10: also with a personal subject in the reverse construction. Κλεισθένης λ. ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι has the credit of.., Hdt.5.66, cf. Pl.Epin. 987b, 988b;λ. ἔχοντα σοφίας Ep.Col.2.23
, v.supr.1.4.3 discussion, debate, deliberation,πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. Hdt.8.59
;συνελέχθησαν οἱ Μῆδοι ἐς τὠυτὸ καὶ ἐδίδοσαν σφίσι λόγον, λέγοντες περὶ τῶν κατηκόντων Id.1.97
;οἱ Πελασγοὶ ἑωυτοῖσι λόγους ἐδίδοσαν Id.6.138
; ;οἱ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης λ. Aeschin.2.74
; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, Arist.Pol. 1264b39;τὸ μῆκος τῶν λ. D.Chr.7.131
; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, Arist.EN 1097a24; ὁ παρὼν λ. ib. 1104a11; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, Pl.Ap. 26b, cf. Tht. 184a, M.Ant.8.32; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, Pl.Prt. 329c, Grg. 506a, etc.; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, Id.Lg. 893a; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, Ar.Eq. 1300: freq. in pl., ἐς λόγους συνελθόντες parley, Hdt. 1.82; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with, ib.86;ἐς λ. ἀπικέσθαι τινί Id.2.32
;διὰ λόγων ἰέναι E.Tr. 916
;ἐμαυτῇ διὰ λ. ἀφικόμην Id.Med. 872
;ἐς λ. ἄγειν τινά X.HG4.1.2
;κοινωνεῖν λόγων καὶ διανοίας Arist.EN 1170b12
.b right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ.; S.OC 66; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, Th.3.53;λ. διδόναι X.HG5.2.20
; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον ib.1.7.5;λόγου τυχεῖν D.18.13
, cf. Arist.EN 1095b21, Plb.18.52.1;οἱ λόγου τοὺς δούλους ἀποστεροῦντες Arist.Pol. 1260b5
;δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου Trag.Adesp.304
;διδόντας λ. καὶ δεχομένους ἐν τῷ μέρει Luc.Pisc.8
: hence, time allowed for a speech,ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. And.1.26
,al.;ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λ. Pl.Ap. 34a
;οὐκ ἐλάττω λ. ἀνήλωκε D.18.9
.c dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate,ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ Pl. Cra. 430d
;πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοὺς λ. ποιεῖσθαι Id.Prt. 348a
: hence, dialogue as a form of literature,οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. Arist.Po. 1447b11
, Rh. 1417a20; cf. διάλογος.d section, division of a dialogue or treatise (cf. v. 3),ὁ πρῶτος λ. Pl.Prm. 127d
; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ., Id.Phlb. 18e, 19b;ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λ. Arist.PA 682a3
; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. Ph.bk.8), Id.GC 318a4;ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐπαίνου λ. Phld.Rh.1.219
; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy,τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ., τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν Chrysipp.Stoic.2.258
.e in pl., literature, letters, Pl.Ax. 365b, Epin. 975d, D.H.Comp.1,21 (but, also in pl., treatises, Plu.2.16c);οἱ ἐπὶ λόγοις εὐδοκιμώτατοι Hdn.6.1.4
; Λόγοι, personified, AP9.171 (Pall.).VII a particular utterance, saying:1 divine utterance, oracle, Pi.P.4.59;λ. μαντικοί Pl. Phdr. 275b
;οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λ. Pl.Ap. 20e
;ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Apoc.1.2
,9.2 proverb, maxim, saying, Pi.N.9.6, A.Th. 218; ὧδ' ἔχει λ. ib. 225; τόνδ' ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς .. Critias 21, cf. Pl.R. 330a, Ev.Jo.4.37;ὁ παλαιὸς λ. Pl.Phdr. 240c
, cf. Smp. 195b, Grg. 499c, Lg. 757a, 1 Ep.Ti.1.15, Plu.2.1082e, Luc.Alex.9, etc.;τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο Herod.2.45
, cf. D.Chr.66.24, Luc.JTr.3, Alciphr.3.56, etc.: pl., Arist.EN 1147a21.4 express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, Hdt.1.141,al.; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ' ᾧ τε .. on the following terms, Id.7.158, cf. 9.26;ἐνδέξασθαι τὸν λ. Id.1.60
, cf. 9.5; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, Id.7.158: freq. in pl., terms, conditions, Id.9.33, etc.5 word of command, behest, A.Pr.17,40 (both pl.), Pers. 363;ἀνθρώπους πιθανωτέρους ποιεῖν λόγῳ X.Oec.13.9
;ἐξέβαλε τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Ev.Matt.8.16
; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten Commandments, LXX Ex.34.28, Ph.1.496.VIII thing spoken of, subject-matter (cf. 111.1 b and 2),λ. τοῦτον ἐάσομεν Thgn.1055
; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, Hdt.1.21, cf. 111; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, ib.95, 116; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret, ib. 127;μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λ. τοῦτον εῐπῃς Id.8.65
; τίς ἦν λ.; S.OT 684 ( = πρᾶγμα, 699); περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, Pl.Prt. 314c; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, Arist.Rh. 1415a12, cf. 111.1b; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that.., Aeschin.3.124;οὐκ ἔστεξε τὸν λ. Plb.8.12.5
;οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λ. τούτῳ Act.Ap.8.21
;ἱκανὸς αὐτῷ ὁ λ. Pl.Grg. 512c
; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, Arist.Rh. 1418a35;μηδένα λ. ὑπολιπεῖν Isoc.4.146
; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite,οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. Pl.Phlb. 42e
, cf. Prt. 344a;ἐὰν πρὸς λ. τι ᾖ Id.Phlb. 33c
; alsoπρὸς λόγου Id.Grg. 459c
(s. v.l.).b in Art, subject of a painting,ζωγραφίας λόγοι Philostr.VA 6.10
;λ. τῆς γραφῆς Id.Im.1.25
.IX expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ., opp. διάνοια, Pl.Sph. 263e; intelligent utterance, opp. φωνή, Arist.Pol. 1253a14;λ. ἐστὶ φωνὴ σημαντικὴ κατὰ συνθήκην Id.Int. 16b26
, cf. Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213; ὅθεν (from the heart)ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται Stoic.2.228
, cf. 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, Hsch. ap. Sch.Pl.R. 600c, Suid.;λόγου πειθοῖ Democr.181
: in pl., eloquence, Isoc.3.3,9.11;τὴν ἐν λόγοις εὐρυθμίαν Epicur.Sent.Pal.5p.69
v. d. M.; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, Ar.Nu. 130 (pl.), cf. Arist.Rh. 1418b1;τοῦ μὴ ᾀδομένου λ. Pl.R. 398d
; ἡδυσμένος λ., of rhythmical language set to music, Arist.Po. 1449b25; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, 1 Ep.Cor.1.5; ἐν λόγοις in orations, Arist.Po. 1459a13; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, Id.SE 182b15, Pol. 1336b14.2 of various modes of expression, esp. artistic and literary, ;ἐν λόγῳ καὶ ἐν ᾠδαῖς X.Cyr.1.4.25
, cf. Pl.Lg. 835b; prose, opp. ποίησις, Id.R. 390a; opp. ψιλομετρία, Arist.Po. 1448a11; opp. ἔμμετρα, ib. 1450b15 (pl.); τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (sc. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον)ὁμοιότατον εἶναι Id.Rh. 1404a31
; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, ib. b33 (but ψιλοὶ λ., = arguments without diagrams, Pl.Tht. 165a); λ. πεζοί, opp. ποιητική, D.H.Comp.6; opp. ποιήματα, ib.15;κοινὰ καὶ ποιημάτων καὶ λόγων Phld.Po.5.7
; πεζὸς λ. ib.27, al.b of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words,τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν.. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ Pl.R. 398d
; opp. πρᾶξις, Arist.Po. 1454a18; dramatic dialogue, opp. τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, ib. 1449a17.3 Gramm., phrase, complex term, opp. ὄνομα, Id.SE 165a13; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun- phrase, Id.APo. 93b30, cf. Rh. 1407b27; expression, D.H.Th.2, Demetr.Eloc.92.b sentence, complete statement, "ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς.. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον Pl.Sph. 262c
;λ. αὐτοτελής A.D.Synt.3.6
, D.T.634.1; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, Pl.Tht. 202b; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed, ib. 201e, cf. Arist.Rh. 1404b26.c language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.31, S.E.M.9.350, etc.;τὰ μόρια τοῦ λ. D.H.Comp.6
;μέρος λ. D.T.633.26
, A.D.Pron.4.6, al. (but ἓν μέρος <τοῦ cod.> λόγου one word, Id.Synt.340.10, cf. 334.22); περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ., title of work by Chrysippus.X the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government,ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. LXX Wi.18.15
;ὁ ἐκ νοὸς φωτεινὸς λ. υἱὸς θεοῦ Corp.Herm.1.6
, cf. Plu.2.376c; λ. θεοῦ δι' οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] Ph.1.162; τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας· ἡ δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεοῦ λ. ib.56; λ. θεῖος.. εἰκὼν θεοῦ ib. 561, cf. 501; τὸν τομέα τῶν συμπάντων [θεοῦ] λ. ib. 492; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ. ib. 122: in NT identified with the person of Christ,ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. Ev.Jo.1.1
, cf. 14, 1 Ep.Jo.2.7, Apoc.19.13;ὁ λ. τῆς ζωῆς 1 Ep.Jo.1.1
. -
10 μετάνοια
μετάνοια, ας, ἡ (μετανοέω) prim. ‘a change of mind’ (Thu. 3, 36, 4; Polyb. 4, 66, 7; Appian, Mithrid. 16 §57; pap [s. New Docs 4, 160; Spicq II 475, 17]; TestSol 12:3 C; JosAs, ApcSed; ApcMos 32; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 274, Ant. 16, 125; Just., Tat.), also w. the nuance of ‘remorse’ (as regret for shortcomings and errors: Batr. 69; Lycon the Peripatetic [III B.C.], Fgm. 23 Wehrli [in Diog. L. 5, 66]; Polyb. 18, 33, 7; Stoic. III 147, ln. 21f; Cebes 10, 4; 11, 1; Plut., Mor. 56a; 68f; 961d, Alex. 11, 4, Mar. 10, 4; 39, 3; Chariton 1, 3, 7; Appian, Liby. 52 §225; 102 §482; 116 §553; M. Ant. 8, 10; Ps.-Lucian, Calumn. 5; Jos., Ant. 13, 314. Of the ‘remorse’ of Sophia Iren. 1, 3, 1 [Harv. I 24, 7]); in our lit. w. focus on the need of change in view of responsibility to deity (cp. Hierocles 14, 451; Sir 44:16; Wsd 12:10, 19; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 8; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 96, Spec. Leg. 1, 58, Virt. 175ff [περὶ μετανοίας] al.; EpArist 188; Jos., Ant. 9, 176; TestReub 2:1; TestJud 19:2; TestGad 5:7f; JosAs 15:6ff; 16:7; ApcSed prol.: περὶ ἀγάπης καὶ περὶ μ.; 14:3 ἐν μετανοίαις; SibOr 1, 129; 168; Iren. 1, 21, 2 [Harv. 182, 7]; Orig., C. Cels. 7, 57, 3f; Did., Gen. 97, 15) repentance, turning about, conversion; as a turning away μετάνοια ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ἔργων turning away from dead works Hb 6:1. Mostly of the positive side of repentance, as the beginning of a new relationship with God: ἡ εἰς θεὸυ μ. repentance that leads to God Ac 20:21. ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα deeds that are consistent with repentance 26:20. Also καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μ. Mt 3:8; cp. Lk 3:8. βαπτίζειν εἰς μ. baptize for repentance Mt 3:11 (s. βαπτίζω 2a; also εἰς 10a). βάπτισμα μετανοίας Mk 1:4; Lk 3:3; cp. Ac 13:24; 19:4 (alt. λουτροῦ … τῆς μ. Just., D. 14, 1) χρείαν ἔχειν μετανοίας need repentance or conversion Lk 15:7. κηρύσσειν μ. εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν preach repentance that leads to the forgiveness of sins 24:47 (μετάνοιαν καὶ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν διὰ … λουτροῦ παλλιγγενεσίας Theoph. Ant. 2, 16 [p. 140. 8f]); cp. 1 Cl 7:6. ἔχειν καιρὸν μετανοίας still have time for repentance 2 Cl 8:2. τόπον μετανοίας διδόναι give an opportunity for repentance (Wsd 12:10; cp. ἵνα μετάνοια δοθῇ Did., Gen. 169, 4; ἀφορμὴν μετανοίας καὶ ἐξομολογήσεως παράσχειν Theoph. Ant. 2, 29 [p. 170, 17]) 1 Cl 7:5. μετανοίας τόπον εὑρίσκειν Hb 12:17 (cp. μετανοίας τόπον ἔχειν Tat. 15:3). διδόναι τινὶ (τὴν) μ. (cp. Wsd 12:19; M. J. Brutus, Ep. 7) Ac 5:31; 11:18; 2 Ti 2:25; 16:9; cp. Hv 4, 1, 3; Hs 8, 6, 2; 8, 11, 1. τιθέναι τινὶ μετάνοιαν prescribe repentance for someone Hm 4, 3, 4; cp. 5; καλεῖν τινα εἰς μ. Lk 5:32 (ApcSed 15:2; Just., A I, 15, 7; 90, 7); Mt 9:13 v.l.; Mk 2:17 v.l. (cp. καλοῦνται αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ μ. καὶ διόρθωσιν τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῶν Orig., C. Cels. 3, 62, 3). περὶ μετανοίας λαλεῖν 1 Cl 8:1. ἀκούσαντες ταύτην τὴν μετάνοιαν when they heard of this repentance Hs 8, 10, 3; παιδεύεσθαι εἰς μ. be disciplined so as to repent 1 Cl 57:1. εἰς μ. ἄγειν τινά (EpArist 188; Jos., Ant. 4, 144; cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 63 §262 θεοῦ σφᾶς ἐπὶ μετάνοιαν ἄγοντος) Ro 2:4; ἀνακαινίζειν εἰς μ. Hb 6:6; χωρῆσαι εἰς μ. come to repentance 2 Pt 3:9. μετάνοιαν λαμβάνειν receive repentance (after denying Christ) Hs 9, 26, 6a. μετανοίας μετασχεῖν 1 Cl 8:5. μετάνοιαν ἔχειν have a possibility of repentance Hm 4, 3, 3; Hs 8, 8, 2. ἐστί τινι μετάνοιαν have a possibility of repentance Hv 2, 2, 5c; 3, 7, 5; Hs 8, 8, 5; 8, 9, 4a; 9, 19, 1; 9, 20, 4. τινὶ μετάνοιά ἐστι μία have (only) one possibility of repentance m 4, 1, 8; cp. 4, 3, 1. μ. κεῖταί τινι repentance is ready, available for someone Hs 9, 19, 2f; 9, 22, 4; 9, 26, 6b. ἐπίκειταί τινι 8, 7, 2a. γίνεταί τινι 9, 26, 5; εἰς μάτην ἐστὶν ἡ μ. is in vain 6, 1, 3. ταχινὴ ὀφείλει εἶναι must follow quickly 8, 9, 4b. ἡ μ. σύνεσίς ἐστιν μεγάλη is great understanding m 4, 2, 2. μ. καθαρά 12, 3, 2; cp. Hs 7:6. μ. ἁμαρτίας rep. for sin 2 Cl 16:4; cp. Hm 4, 3, 3. μ. ζωῆς rep. that leads to life Hs 6, 2, 3; cp. 8, 6, 6. ἐλπὶς μετανοίας hope of repentance or conversion IEph 10:1; Hs 6, 2, 4; 8, 7, 2b; 8, 10, 2. W. πίστις and other Christian virtues 1 Cl 62:2. The ἄγγελος τῆς μ. appears in Hermas as a proclaimer of repentance: v 5:7; m 12, 4, 7; 12, 6, 1; Hs 9, 1, 1; 9, 14, 3; 9, 23, 5; 9, 24, 4; λυπεῖσθαι εἰς μ. feel pain that leads to repentance 2 Cor 7:9, λύπη μετάνοιαν ἐργάζεται (cp. Plut., Mor. 476f) vs. 10.—W. the Christian use of the word in mind Polycarp says ἀμετάθετος ἡμῖν ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν κρειττόνων ἐπὶ τὰ χείρω μετάνοια for us ‘repentance’ from the better to the worse is impossible MPol 11:1.—WHolladay, The Root Šûbh in the OT, ’58.—TRE VII 446–51; RAC II 105–18.—DELG s.v. νόος. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv. -
11 κῆρ
κῆρ, κῆρος, τό, zsgzgn aus κέαρ, das Herz, bei Hom. die einzig vorkommende Form, bezeichnet bes. den Sitz des Wollens u. Begehrens; ἄλλα δέ οἱ κῆρ ὥρμαινε φρεσὶν ᾗσιν Od. 18, 343, vgl. 7, 82; μετὰ σὸν καὶ ἐμὸν κῆρ, nach deinem u. meinem Herzen, Sinne, Il. 15, 52; es bezeichnet dah. die Leidenschaft der Liebe u. des Hasses, πέρι κῆρι φιλεῖν, von Herzen lieben, 13, 206 u. öfter, ὅν τε Ζεὺς κῆρι φιλήσῃ 9, 117, ὅτ' ἄν τοι ἀπέχϑωνται πέρι κῆρι 4, 53; des Zornes, τότε δὴ πέρι κῆρι Ποσειδάων ἐχολώϑη 13, 206; der Freude, ϑαλέων ἐμπλησάμενος κῆρ 22, 504, vgl. 19, 319; der Trauer, ἥ τε μοι αἰεὶ ἐνὶ στήϑεσσι φίλον κῆρ τείρει Od. 1, 341; φϑινύϑεσκε φίλον κῆρ 1, 491, oft ἀχνύμενος κῆρ; des Muthes u. der Furcht, Πατροκλῆος λάσιον κῆρ Il. 16, 554, wie 2, 851; auch vom Löwen, τοῦ δ' οὔ ποτε κυδάλιμον κῆρ ταρβεῖ 12, 45. – Seltener vom Verstande, als gleichbedeutend mit νόος verbunden, Il. 15, 52. Neben den schon erwähnten Vrbdgn κῆρ ἐν στήϑεσσι u. φρεσίν auch ἐν ϑυμῷ, Il. 6, 532. – Κηρόϑι, s. unten. – Bei Pind. u. einzeln bei den Tragg. findet sich die uncontrahirte Form κέαρ, s. oben.
-
12 καί
καί particle,1 and, also, even A copulative.1 joining finite verbs,a with change of subject.ἦ θαύματα πολλά, καί πού τι καὶ ἐξαπατῶντι μῦθοι O. 1.28
, O. 3.21, O. 9.38, O. 10.41, O. 10.72, P. 1.5, P. 1.42, P. 3.35, P. 3.93, P. 3.94, P. 4.124, P. 4.164, P. 4.220, P. 4.247, P. 4.254, P. 4.257, P. 6.53, P. 9.40, P. 9.52, N. 5.18, N. 5.21, N. 6.53, N. 7.65, N. 10.10, N. 11.8, I. 3.17, I. 4.13, I. 4.34, I. 4.67, I. 5.48, I. 6.53, I. 8.47, fr. 51b. Pae. 2.53b with no change of subject.διεδάσαντο καὶ φάγον O. 1.51
, O. 5.8, O. 7.46, O. 10.49, O. 13.27, O. 13.69, O. 13.112, P. 3.15, P. 3.68, P. 4.254, P. 4.298, P. 9.12, P. 10.46, N. 1.64, N. 3.26, N. 3.38, N. 4.61, N. 5.39, N. 6.19, N. 6.49, N. 9.18, N. 10.22, N. 10.74, N. 10.80, I. 2.19, I. 5.63, I. 6.70, Πα. 2. 1, Εὔ]βοιαν ἕλον καὶ ἔνασσαν καὶ ἔκτισαν νάσους Πα.. 3. Πα. 8A. 13. Δ. 2. 30, fr. 169. 23, fr. 169. 47.c in subord. cl.,ὡς ἂν κτίσαιεν βωμὸν ἐναργέα καὶ ἰάναιεν O. 7.42
πρὶν μίχθη καὶ ἔνεικεν O. 9.59
κατέφρασεν ὁπᾷ ἔθυε καὶ ὅπως ἄρα ἔστασεν O. 10.57
ὃς ἂν ἐγκύρσῃ καὶ ἕλῃ P. 1.100
θεός, ὃ καὶ κίχε καὶ παραμείβεται καὶ ἔκαμψε P. 2.50
εἰ δὲ σώφρων ἄντρον ἔναἰ ἔτι Χίρων, καί τί οἱ φίλτρον ἐν θυμῷ μελιγάρυες ὕμνοι ἁμέτεροι τίθεν P. 3.63
P. 9.46—9.ὃς ἂν ἕλῃ καὶ ἴδῃ P. 10.25
, N. 3.34ὄφρα προσμένοι καὶ πάξαιθ N. 3.61
αἰδέομαι μέγα εἰπεῖν πῶς δὴ λίπον εὐκλέα νᾶσον, καὶ τίς ἄνδρας ἀλκίμους δαίμων ἀπ' Οἰνώνας ἔλασεν N. 5.15
Pae. 6.50 irregularly coordinated;φάνη Ζηνὸς ἀμφὶ πανάγυριν Λυκαίου καὶ ὁπότ' Πελλάνᾳ φέρε O. 9.97
εὐθύ-γλωσσος ἀνὴρ προφέρει παρὰ τυραννίδι χὠπόταν ὁ λάβρος στρατός, χὤταν πόλιν οἱ σοφοὶ τηρέωντι P. 2.87
—8.νᾶσον ὡς ἤδη λιπὼν κτίσσειεν εὐάρματον πόλιν καὶ τὸ Μηδείας ἔπος ἀγκομίσαι P. 4.9
πύκταν τέ νιν καὶ παγκρατίῳ φθέγξαι ἑλεῖν N. 5.52
d introducing question.ἐπεὶ ψάμμος ἀριθμὸν περιπέφευγεν, καὶ κεῖνος ὅσα χάρματ' ἄλλοις ἔθηκεν, τίς ἂν φράσαι δύναιτο O. 2.99
“ καὶ τίς ἀνθρώπων σε ἐξανῆκεν γαστρός;” P. 4.982 joining grammatically similar words.a two nouns.Παλλὰς καὶ Ζεὺς O. 2.27
ὅρμοισι τῶν χέρας ἀναπλέκοντι καὶ στεφάνους O. 2.74
κρίσιν καὶ πενταετηρίδ O. 3.21
Ἀρκαδίας ἀπὸ δειρᾶν καὶ πολυγνάμπτων μυχῶν O. 3.27
χεῖρες δὲ καὶ ἦτορ O. 4.25
ἀρετᾶν καὶ στεφάνων O. 5.1
Ἄκρων' ἐκάρυξε καὶ τὰν νέοικον ἕδραν O. 5.8
Οἰνομάου καὶ Πέλοπος O. 5.9
Ποσειδᾶν' καὶ τοξοφόρον σκοπόν O. 6.59
παρ' Ἀλφειῷ καὶ παρὰ Κασταλίᾳ O. 7.17
Οὐρανὸς καὶ Γαῖα μάτηρ O. 7.38
ἀρετὰν καὶ χάρματ O. 7.44
τά τ' ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ ἔργα καὶ Θήβαις O. 7.84
κῶμον καὶ στεφαναφορίαν O. 8.10
ἓ καὶ υἱὸν O. 9.14
κορᾶν καὶ φερτάτων Κρονιδᾶν O. 9.56
τόλμα δὲ καὶ ἀμφιλαφὴς δύναμις O. 9.82
σὺ καὶ θυγάτηρ O. 10.3
Καλλιόπα καὶ χάλκεος Ἄρης O. 10.15
βροντὰν καὶ πυρπάλαμον βέλος O. 10.80
ἀρχὰ λόγων καὶ πιστὸν ὅρκιον O. 11.6
Ὀλυμπίᾳ στεφανωσάμενος καὶ δὶς ἐκ Πυθῶνος Ἰσθμοῖ τε O. 12.18
κασίγνηταί τε Δίκα καὶ ὁμότροφος Εἰρήνα O. 13.7
Σίσυφον καὶ τὰν Μήδειαν O. 13.53
ναὶ καὶ προπόλοις O. 13.54
παρ' ὅρκον καὶ παρὰ ἐλπίδα O. 13.83
αἰδῶ δίδοι καὶ τύχαν O. 13.115
Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ Μοισᾶν P. 1.1
κορυφαῖς καὶ πέδῳ P. 1.28
ὄλβον καὶ κτεάνων δόσιν P. 1.46
ἀστοῖς καὶ βασιλεῦσιν P. 1.68
κύριε πολλᾶν μὲν εὐστεφάνων ἀγυιᾶν καὶ στρατοῦ P. 2.58
ἐν ὄρει καὶ ἐν ἑπταπύλοις Θήβαις P. 3.90
Νέστορα καὶΛύκιον Σαρπηδόν P. 3.112
ἀπὸ δ' αὐτὸν ἐγὼ Μοίσαισι δώσω καὶ τὸ πάγχρυσον νάκος κριοῦ P. 4.68
“Ἰφιμεδείας παῖδας, ὦτον καὶ σέ” P. 4.89 “ πὰρ Χαρικλοῦς καὶ Φιλύρας” P. 4.103 “ λαγέτᾳ Αἰόλῳ καὶ παισὶ” P. 4.108Ἄδματος καὶ Μέλαμπος P. 4.126
ὀρνίχεσσι καὶ κλάροισι P. 4.190
ἀγέλα ταύρων ὑπᾶρχεν καὶ νεόκτιστον θέναρ P. 4.206
ἄροτρον καὶ βόας P. 4.225
Κυράνα καὶ τὸ κλεεννότατον μέγαρον Βάττου P. 4.280
πεδίον καὶ πατρωίαν πόλιν P. 5.53
ἄνδρεσσι καὶ γυναιξὶ P. 5.64
νικαφόροις ἐν ἀέθλοις καὶ θοαῖς ἐν μάχαις P. 8.26
γείτων καὶ κτεάνων φύλαξ ἐμῶν P. 8.58
λαμπρὸν φέγγος καὶ μείλιχος αἰών P. 8.97
“ θυμὸν γυναικὸς καὶ μεγάλαν δύνασιν” P. 9.30 “ τέλος οἶσθα καὶ πάσας κελεύθους” P. 9.45 “ ἐν θαλάσσᾳ καὶ ποταμοῖς” P. 9.47 ὥραισι καὶ Γαίᾳ” P. 9.60 “ νέκταρ καὶ ἀμβροσίαν” P. 9.63 “ Ζῆνα καὶ ἁγνὸν Ἀπόλλων' Ἀγρέα καὶ Νόμιον” P. 9.64—5.οἱ καὶ Ζηνὶ P. 9.84
νιν καὶ Ἰφικλέα P. 9.88
δίκον φύλλ' ἔπι καὶ στεφάνους P. 9.124
πόνων δὲ καὶ μαχᾶν ἄτερ P. 10.42
χαλκοῦ θαμὰ καὶ δονάκων P. 12.25
οἱ φράζε καὶ παντὶ στρατῷ N. 1.61
Ἰάσον' καὶ ἔπειτεν Ἀσκλαπιόν N. 3.54
τάνδε νᾶσον καὶ σεμνὸν Θεάριον N. 3.69
δῶρα καὶ κράτος N. 4.68
ἐκ δὲ Κρόνου καὶ Ζηνὸς ἥρωας αἰχματὰς φυτευθέντας καὶ ἀπὸ χρυσεᾶν Νηρηίδων N. 5.7
υἱοὶ καὶ βία Φώκου N. 5.12
ἀοιδαὶ καὶ λόγοι N. 6.30
αὐχένα καὶ σθένος (v. Dornseiff, Stil, 26) N. 7.73χειρὶ καὶ βουλαῖς N. 8.8
Δείνιος δισσῶν σταδίων καὶ πατρὸς Μέγα Νεμεαῖον ἄγαλμα N. 8.16
ματέρι καὶ διδύμοις παίδεσσιν N. 9.4
φεῦγε γὰρ Ἀμφιαρῆ ποτε θρασυμήδεα καὶ δεινὰν στάσιν N. 9.13
χερσὶ καὶ ψυχᾷ N. 9.39
Κάστορος καὶ κασιγνήτου Πολυδεύκεος N. 10.50
Ἑρμᾷ καὶ σὺν Ἡρακλεῖ N. 10.53
Ζηνὸς ὑψίστου κασιγνήτα καὶ ὁμοθρόνου Ἥρας N. 11.2
λύρα καὶ ἀοιδά N. 11.7
πάλᾳ καὶμεγαυχεῖ παγκρατίῳ N. 11.21
ἐν Πυθῶνι καὶ Ὀλυμπίᾳ N. 11.23
παρὰ Κασταλίᾳ καὶ παρ' εὐδένδρῳ ὄχθῳ Κρόνου N. 11.25
πολιατᾶν καὶ ξένων I. 1.51
Ὀγχηστὸν καὶ γέφυραν I. 4.20
χρυσέων οἴκων ἄναξ καὶ γαμβρὸς Ἥρας I. 4.60
δαῖτα καὶ νεόδματα στεφανώματα βωμῶν I. 4.62
νᾶες ἐν πόντῳ καὶ λτ;ὑφγτ;ἅρμασιν ἵπποι I. 5.5
ἑσπόμενοι Ἡρακλῆι πρότερον καὶ σὺν Ἀτρείδαις I. 5.38
Ἕκτορα καὶ στράταρχον Μέμνονα I. 5.40
Αἴαντος Τελαμωνιάδα καὶ πατρός I. 6.27
Μερόπων ἔθνεα καὶ τὸν βουβόταν Ἀλκυονῆ I. 6.32
“χθόνα καὶ στρατὸν ἀθρόον Pae. 4.42
ἐμὰν ματέραλιπόντες καὶ ὅλον οἶκον Pae. 4.45
στεφάνων καὶ θαλιᾶν Pae. 6.14
νέφεσσι δ' ἐν χρυσέοις Ὀλύμποιο καὶ κορυφαῖσινἵζων Pae. 6.93
ναυπρύτανιν δαίμονα καὶ τὰν θεμίξενον ἀρετάν Pae. 6.131
Ἁφαίστου παλάμαις καὶ Ἀθά[νας] Pae. 8.66
Κάδμου στρατὸν καὶ Ζεάθου πόλιν (Π: ἂν pro καὶ coni. Wil. metr. gr.) Πα... φυγόντα νιν καὶ μέλαν ἕρκος ἅλμας[ Δ. 1. 1. ἐπ' Αἰολάδᾳ καὶ γένει (G-H: τε καὶ Π.) Παρθ. 1. 13. ὦ Πάν, Ἀρκαδίας μεδέων καὶ σεμνῶν ἀδύτων φύλαξ fr. 95. 2. θυμὸν καὶ φωνὰν fr. 124d. βασιλῆες ἀγαυοὶ καὶ ἄνδρες fr. 133. 4. ]ἀοιδ[ὰν κ]αὶ ἁρμονίαν fr. 140b. 2. θεῶν καὶ κατ' ἀνθρώπων ἀγυιάς fr. 194. 6. τιμαὶ καὶ στέφανοι fr. 221. 2. Ζηνὸς υἱοὶ καὶ κλυτοπώλου Ποσειδάωνος fr. 243.b two adjs.ξανθαῖσι καὶ παμπορφύροις ἀκτῖσι βεβρεγμένος O. 6.55
πολύβοσκον γαῖαν ἀνθρώποισι καὶ εὔφρονα μήλοις O. 7.63
ἀγαθοὶ δὲ καὶ σοφοὶ O. 9.28
ὡραῖος ἐὼν καὶ καλὸς O. 9.94
[ ἀκρόσοφον δὲ καὶ αἰχματὰν (v. l. τε καὶ) O. 11.19]κλυτὰν καὶ ὀνυμαστάν P. 1.38
πολυμήλου καὶ πολυκαρποτάτας χθονὸς P. 9.7
εὐδαίμων δὲ καὶ ὑμνητὸς P. 10.22
γέρας τό περ νῦν καὶ ἄρειον ὄπιθεν N. 7.101
ἄνιππός εἰμι καὶ βουνομίας ἀδαέστερος Pae. 4.27
esp., two numerals,πρώτοις καὶ τερτάτοις O. 8.46
ἑβδόμᾳ καὶ σὺν δεκάτᾳ γενεᾷ P. 4.10
τεσσαράκοντα καὶὀκτὼ παρθένοισι P. 9.113
τρεῖς καὶ δέκ' ἄνδρας fr. 135.c two participles.ἐξαρκέων κτεάτεσσι καὶ εὐλογίαν προστιθείς O. 5.24
ἀποπέμπων καὶ ἐποψόμενος O. 8.52
δεξάμενον καὶ δαίσαντα N. 1.71
θνατὰ μεμνάσθω περιστέλλων μέλη καὶ γᾶν ἐπιεσσόμενος N. 11.16
cf. O. 6.20d two infinitives. “ μοναρχεῖν καὶ βασιλευέμεν” P. 4.166 “ χέρα οἱ προσενεγκεῖν ἦρα καὶ ἐκ λεχέων κεῖραι μελιαδέα ποίαν;” P. 9.37.ἐπαινεῖσθαι χρεών, καὶ μελιζέμεν N. 11.18
κελαδῆσαι καὶ προσειπεῖν I. 1.55
e two pronouns. “ ἐμὲ καὶ σὲ” P. 4.141ὄλβος ἔμπαν τὰ καὶ τὰ νέμων P. 5.55
εὐδαιμονίαν τὰ καὶ τὰ φέρεσθαι P. 7.21
f two adverbs.πολὺ καὶ πολλᾷ O. 8.23
3 in enumeration.a A καὶ B καὶ C ( καί...)λτ;γτ;άνθον ἤπειγεν καὶ Ἀμαζόνας εὐίππους καὶ ἐς Ἴστρον ἐλαύνων O. 8.47
νόστον ἔχθιστον καὶ ἀτιμότεραν γλῶσσαν καὶ ἐπίκρυφον οἶμον O. 8.69
πατρὸς ἀρχὰν καὶ βαθὺν κλᾶρον ἔμμεν καὶ μέγαρον O. 13.62
γυναικεῖον στρατὸν καὶ Χίμαιραν καὶ Σολύμους ἔπεφνεν O. 13.90
Τροίαν κραταιὸς Τελαμὼν πόρθησε καὶ Μέροπας καὶ τὸν μέγαν Ἀλκυονῆ N. 4.25
—7.χαλκὸν ὅν τε Κλείτωρ καὶ Τεγέα καὶ Ἀχαιῶν ὑψίβατοι πόλιες καὶ Λύκαιον πὰρ Διὸς θῆκε δρόμῳ N. 10.47
—8.ἐξικέσθαν καὶ μέγα ἔργον ἐμήσαντ' ὠκέως καὶ πάθον N. 10.64
ἐπῇεν καὶ ἔστα καὶ μυχοὺς διζάσατο fr. 51a. 3. τὸ δ' οἴκοθεν ἄστυ κα[ὶ ] καὶ συγγένεἰ Πα.. 32. ὦ ταὶ λιπαραὶ καὶ ἰοστέφανοι καὶ ἀοίδιμοι Ἀθᾶναι fr. 76. 1. φοινικορόδοις δ' ἐνὶ λειμώνεσσι προάστιον αὐτῶν καὶ λιβάνῳ σκιαρὰν καὶ χρυσοκάρποισιν βέβριθε λτ;δενδρέοιςγτ; καὶ τοὶ μὲν Θρ.. 3. ἔνθα βουλαὶ γερόντων καὶ νέων ἀνδρῶν ἀριστεύοισιν αἰχμαί, καὶ χοροὶ καὶ Μοῖσα καὶ Ἀγλαία fr. 199.b A καὶ B C τε ( καί...)Λύκιε καὶ Δάλοἰ ἀνάσσων, Φοῖβε, Παρνασσοῦ τε κράναν Κασταλίαν φιλέων P. 1.39
καὶ σοφοὶ καὶ χερσὶ βιαταὶ περίγλωσσοί τ' ἔφυν P. 1.42
Ἰόλαον καὶ Κάστορος βίαν, σέ τε, ἄναξ Πολύδευκες P. 11.61
ἄνδρα δ' ἐγὼ μακαρίζω μὲν πατέῤ Ἀρκεσίλαν καὶ τὸ θαητὸν δέμας ἀτρεμίαν τε σύγγονον N. 11.12
τριπόδεσσιν ἐκόσμησαν δόμον καὶ λεβήτεσσιν φιάλαισί τε χρυσοῦ I. 1.18
πόλιν τάνδε κόμιζε Δὶ καὶ κρέοντι σὺν Αἰακῷ Πηλεῖ τε κἀγαθῷ Τελαμῶνι σύν τ' Ἀχιλλεῖ P. 8.99
—100.4 καί καί, both — andκαὶ ποτ' ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων O. 7.90
καὶ ἀγάνορος ἵππου θᾶσσον καὶ ναὸς ὑποπτέρου O. 9.23
καὶ λογίοις καὶ ἀοιδοῖς P. 1.94
“ ἀλλὰ καὶ σκᾶπτον μόναρχον καὶ θρόνος” P. 4.152κόρον δ' ἔχει καὶ μέλι καὶ τὰ τέρπν ἄνθἐ Ἀφροδίσια N. 7.53
καὶ τὸν ἀκερσεκόμαν Φοῖβον χορεύων καὶ τὰν ἁλιερκέα Ἰσθμοῦ δειράδ I. 1.7
καὶ πάγκαρπον ἐπὶ χθόνα καὶ διὰ πόντον βέβακεν ἐργμάτων ἀκτὶς I. 1.41
μυρίαι δ' ἔργων καλῶν τέτμανθ κέλευθοι καὶ πέραν Νείλοιο παγᾶν καὶ δἰ Ὑπερβορέους I. 6.23
εἴη καὶ ἐρᾶν καὶ ἔρωτι χαρίζεσθαι κατὰ καιρόν fr. 127. 1. with irregular coordination,καὶ τὰν παρ' ὅρκον καὶ παρὰ ἐλπίδα κούφαν κτίσιν O. 13.83
καὶ τὸν Ἰσθμοῖ καὶ Νεμέᾳ στέφανον (sc. ἐκράτησε) N. 10.26 in comparison,πειρῶντι δὲ καὶ χρυσὸς ἐν βασάνῳ πρέπει καὶ νόος ὀρθός P. 10.67
5 with intensifying force.οὔτε δύσηρις ἐὼν οὔτ' ὦν φιλόνικος ἄγαν, καὶ μέγαν ὅρκον ὀμόσσαις, τοῦτό γέ οἱ μαρτυρήσω O. 6.20
τέκεν γόνον ὑπερφίαλον μόνα καὶ μόνον P. 2.43
“τοῦτον ἄεθλον ἑκὼν τέλεσον· καί τοι μοναρχεῖν καὶ βασιλευέμεν ὄμνυμι προήσειν” conditional parataxis P. 4.1656 v. E infra for exx. of καὶ irregularly placed. B copulative, combined with τε, where τε is superfluous.1Πίσας τε καὶ Φερενίκου χάρις O. 1.18
τρεῖς τε καὶ δέκ' ἄνδρας O. 1.79
ἐν δίκᾳ τε καὶ παρὰ δίκαν O. 2.16
εὐθυμιᾶν τε μέτα καὶ πόνων O. 2.34
πλοῦτόν τε καὶ χάριν ἄγων O. 2.10
τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρὸν O. 2.53
Πηλεύς τε καὶ Κάδμος O. 2.78
ἀνδρῶν τ' ἀρετᾶς πέρι καὶ διφρηλασίας O. 3.37
αὐτόν τέ νιν καὶ φαιδίμας ἵππους O. 6.14
Συρακοσσᾶν τε καὶ Ὀρτυγίας O. 6.93
Ζεύς τε καὶ ἀθάνατοι O. 7.55
μήλων τε κνισάεσσα πομπὰ καὶ κρίσις O. 7.80
αὐτούς τ' ἀέξοι καὶ πόλιν O. 8.88
μορφᾷ τε καὶ ἔργοισι O. 9.65
τά λτ;τεγτ; τερπνὰ καὶ τὰ γλυκέα (supp. Hermann, met. gr.: om. codd., Schr.) O. 14.5γᾶν τε καὶ πόντον κατ' ἀμαιμάκετον P. 1.14
κτεάτεσσί τε καὶ περὶ τιμᾷ P. 2.59
“ παῖδες ὑπερθύμων τε φωτῶν καὶ θεῶν” P. 4.13 “ Κρηθεῖ τε μάτηρ καὶ Σαλμωνεῖ” P. 4.142ἀνέρες ἔκ τε Πύλου καὶ ἀπ' ἄκρας Ταινάρου P. 4.174
θεός τέ οἱ τὸ νῦν τε πρόφρων τελεῖ δύνασιν καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν P. 5.117
βουλᾶν τε καὶ πολέμων P. 8.3
ἔρξαι τε καὶ παθεῖν ὁμῶς P. 8.6
λύρᾳ τε καὶ φθέγματι μαλθακῷ P. 8.31
πολλάν τε καὶ ἡσύχιον εἰρήναν P. 9.22
“ ἔν τε θεοῖς κἀνθρώποις” P. 9.40τόλμᾳ τε καὶ σθένει P. 10.24
εὐφροσύνα τε καὶ δόξ' ἐπιφλέγει P. 11.45
τῶν τε καὶ τῶν χρήσιες N. 1.30
εὖ τε παθεῖν καὶ ἀκοῦσαι N. 1.32
λῆμά τε καὶ δύναμιν N. 1.57
Ἄρτεμίς τε καὶ θρασεἶ Ἀθάνα N. 3.50
Κλεωναίου τ' ἀπ ἀγῶνος καὶ λιπαρῶν εὐωνύμων ἀπ Ἀθανᾶν N. 4.18
Οἰνώνᾳ τε καὶ Κύπρῳ N. 4.46
εὔανδρόν τε καὶ ναυσικλυτὰν N. 5.9
ἐπί τε χθόνα καὶ διὰ θαλάσσας N. 6.48
σέ τ' καὶ Πολυτιμίδαν N. 6.62
χειρῶν τε καὶ ἰσχύος ἁνίοχον N. 6.66
φίλιπποί τ' αὐτόθι καὶ κτεάνων ψυχὰς ἔχοντες κρέσσονας ἄνδρες N. 9.32
γνώτ' ἀείδω θεῷ τε καὶ ὅστις ἁμιλλᾶται N. 10.31
Χαρίτεσσί τε καὶ σὺν Τυνδαρίδαις N. 10.38
Κορίνθου τ' ἐν μυχοῖς, καὶ Κλεωναίων πρὸς ἀνδρῶν τετράκις (loc. susp.) N. 10.42θάνατόν τε φυγὼν καὶ γῆρας ἀπεχθόμενον N. 10.83
ῥεέθροισί τε Δίρκας ἔφανεν καὶ παρ' Εὐρώτᾳ πέλας I. 1.29
κτεάνων θ' ἅμα λειφθεὶς καὶ φίλων I. 2.11
τῶν τε γὰρ καὶ τῶν διδοῖ I. 4.51
γαίας τε πάσας καὶ βαθύκρημνον πολιᾶς ἁλὸς ἐξευρὼν θέναρ I. 4.55
Ζεὺς τά τε καὶ τὰ νέμει I.5. 52.δαπάνᾳ τε χαρεὶς καὶ πόνῳ I. 6.10
ἀγλαοὶ παῖδές τε καὶ μάτρως I. 6.62
Ὕλλου τε καὶ Αἰγιμιοῦ I. 9.2
ὁ δ' ἐθέλων τε καὶ δυνάμενος fr. 2. 1. γᾶν τε καὶ θάλασσαν fr. 51a. 2.γαῖαν ἀμπελόεσσάν τε καὶ εὔκαρπον Pae. 2.25
τὸ δ' εὐβουλίᾳ τε καὶ αἰδοῖ ἐγκείμενον Pae. 2.51
Χαρίτεσσίν τε καὶ Ἀφροδίτᾳ Pae. 6.4
ὁ πάντα τοι τά τε καὶ τὰ τεύχων Pae. 6.132
μαντευμάτων τε θεσπεσίων δοτῆρα καὶ τελεσσιε[πῆ] θεοῦ ἄδυτον Pae. 7.2
σέ τε καὶ ῥαδ[ Πα. 7. d. 2.τά τ' ἐόντα τε κα[ὶ ] πρόσθεν γεγενημένα Pae. 8.83
ἔθηκας ἀμάχανον ἰσχύν τ ἀνδράσι καὶ σοφίας ὁδόν (Blass: πτανὸν ἀνδράσι codd. Dion. Hal.)Πα... Ἐλείθυιά τε καὶ Λάχεσις Pae. 12.17
τ]ριπόδεσσί τε καὶ θυσίαις fr. 59. 11. πρὶν μὲν ἕρπε σχοινοτένειά τ' ἀοιδὰ διθυράμβων καὶ τὸ σὰν κίβδηλον Δ. 2. 2. βαθύζωνόν τε Λατὼ καὶ θοᾶν ἵππων ἐλάτειραν fr. 89a. 2. Πειθώ τ' ἔναιεν καὶ Χάρις fr. 123. 14. Ἀπόλλωνί τε καὶ[ fr. 140b. 10. ] ραί τε καὶ υ[ fr. 215. 9. τόλμα τέ μιν ζαμενὴς καὶ σύνεσις fr. 231. emphasised, both — and, ξένον μή τιν' ἀμφότερα καλῶν τε ἴδριν ἅμα καὶ δύναμιν κυριώτερον ( ἀλλὰ coni. Hermann) O. 1.104ἀμφότερον μάντιν τ' ἀγαθὸν καὶ δουρὶ μάρνασθαι O. 6.17
ἀμφότερον δαπάναις τε καὶ πόνοις I. 1.42
once joining finite verbs,ἔν τ' ἀέθλοισι θίγον πλείστων ἀγώνων, καὶ τριπόδεσσιν ἐκόσμησαν δόμον I. 1.19
—20. irregularly coordinated,ἄγοντι δέ με νῖκαι, ὦ Μεγάκλεες, ὑμαί τε καὶ προγόνων P. 7.18
συμβαλεῖν μὰν εὐμαρὲς ἦν τό τε Πεισάνδρου πάλαι αἶμ' ἀπὸ Σπάρτας καὶ παῤ Ἰσμηνοῦ ῥοᾶν κεκραμένον ἐκ Μελανίπποιο μάτρωος N. 11.33
—6.οἶά τε χερσὶν ἀκοντίζοντες αἰχμαῖς καὶ λιθίνοις ὁπότ' ἐν δίσκοις ἵεν I. 1.24
—5.ζώων τ' ἀπὸ καὶ θάνων I. 7.30
Κλεάνδρῳ τις ἀνεγειρέτω κῶμον, Ἰσθμιάδος τε νίκας ἄποινα, καὶ Νεμέᾳ ἀέθλων ὅτι κράτος ἐξεῦρε I. 8.4
[ἀνατεί τε] καὶ ἀπριάτας ἔλασεν (H. J. Mette: ἀναιρεῖται καὶ codd. Aristidis contra metr.) fr. 169. 8. explicative / appositional, ἐγγυάσομαι ὔμμιν, ὦ Μοῖσαι, φυγόξεινον στρατὸν μήδ' ἀπείρατον καλῶν ἀκρόσοφόν τε καὶ αἰχματὰν ἀφίξεσθαι ( δὲ καὶ v. l.) O. 11.19 Νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεὺς θνατῶν τε καὶ ἀθανάτων fr. 169. 2. cf. P. 9.452 in enumeration.a A τε καὶ B Cτε φόρμιγγά τε ποικιλόγαρυν καὶ βοὰν αὐλῶν ἐπέων τε θέσιν O. 3.8
“ μῆλά τε γάρ τοι ἐγὼ καὶ βοῶν ξανθὰς ἀγέλας ἀφίημ' ἀγρούς τε πάντας” P. 4.148ἐν Ὀλυμπίοισί τε καὶ βαθυκόλπου Γᾶς ἀέθλοις ἔν τε καὶ πᾶσιν ἐπιχωρίοις P. 9.101
—2.ἀλλά με Πυθώ τε καὶ τὸ Πελινναῖον ἀπύει Ἀλεύα τε παῖδες P. 10.4
ἀλαλὰν Λυκίων τε προσμένοι καὶ Φρυγῶν Δαρδάνων τε N. 3.60
—1.τό μοι θέμεν Κρονίδᾳ τε Δὶ καὶ Νεμέᾳ Τιμασάρχου τε πάλᾳ ὕμνου προκώμιον εἴη N. 4.9
Οὐλυμπίᾳ τε καὶ Ἰσθμοῖ Νεμέᾳ τε N. 4.75
κεῖνοι γάρ τ' ἄνοσοι καὶ ἀγήραοι πόνων τ ἄπειροι fr. 143.b A τε καὶ B καὶ C ( καὶ...) “ὅσσα τε χθὼν ἠρινὰ φύλλ' ἀναπέμπει, χὠπόσαι ψάμαθοι κλονέονται χὤ τι μέλλει, χὠπόθεν ἔσσεται, εὖ καθορᾷς” P. 9.45 ἐν ξυνῷ κεν εἴη συμπόταισιν τε γλυκερὸν καὶ Διωνύσοιο καρπῷ καὶ κυλίκεσσιν Ἀθαναίαισι κέντρον fr. 124. 3. ἄστρα τε καὶ ποταμοὶ καὶ κύματα πόντου fr. 136.c μέν τε καί, v.μέν τε O. 4.14
C emphatic, non-copulative, v. also D. 1. infra.1 καί means even.καὶ ἄπιστον ἐμήσατο πιστὸν ἔμμεναι O. 1.31
ἴδε καὶ κείναν χθόνα O. 3.31
[ θαμὰ καὶ ( θαμάκι v. l.) O. 4.27]ἠὺ δ' ἔχοντες σοφοὶ καὶ πολίταις ἔδοξαν ἔμμεν O. 5.16
ὄφρα ἵκωμαι πρὸς ἀνδρῶν καὶ γένος O. 6.25
αἱ δὲ φρενῶν ταραχαὶ παρέπλαγξαν καὶ σοφόν O. 7.31
τεθμὸς δέ τις ἀθανάτων καὶ τάνδ' ἁλιερκέα χώραν παντοδαποῖσιν ὑπέστασε ξένοις O. 8.25
τράπε δὲ Κύκνεια μάχα καὶ ὑπέρβιον Ἡρακλέα O. 10.15
δάμασε καὶ κείνους. (Boeckh: κἀκείνους codd.) O. 10.30 ἤτοι καὶ τεά κεν ἀκλεὴς τιμὰ κατεφυλλορόησεν ποδῶν O. 12. 13.ἤτοι καὶ ὁ καρτερὸς ὁρμαίνων ἕλε Βελλεροφόντας O. 13.84
σὺν δὲ κείνῳ καί ποτ' Ἀμαζονίδων βάλλων γυναικεῖον στρατὸν O. 13.87
σὺν δ' ἀνάγκᾳ μιν φίλον καί τις ἐὼν μεγαλάνωρ ἔσανεν P. 1.52
εἴ τι καὶ φλαῦρον παραιθύσσει P. 1.87
ἀλλὰ κέρδει καὶ σοφία δέδεται P. 3.54
ἔτραπεν καὶ κεῖνον (Boeckh: κἀκεῖνον codd.) P. 3.55ἐπὶ καὶ θανάτῳ P. 4.186
καὶ φθινόκαρπος ἐοῖσα διδοῖ ψᾶφον P. 4.265
ῥᾴδιον μὲν γὰρ πόλιν δεῖσαι καὶ ἀφαυροτέροις P. 4.272
αὔξεται καὶ Μοῖσα δἰ ἀγγελίας ὀρθᾶς P. 4.279
κεῖνόν γε καὶ βαρύκομποι λέοντες περὶ δείματι φύγον P. 5.57
κεῖνος αἰνεῖν καὶ τὸν ἐχθρὸν ἔννεπεν P. 9.95
ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον P. 10.57
ἔμπα καἴπερ ἔχει βαθεῖα ποντιὰς ἅλμα μέσσον, ἀντίτειν' ἐπιβουλίᾳ (Christ: καίπερ codd.) N. 4.36κεῖνος καὶ Τελαμῶνος δάψεν υἱὸν N. 8.23
ἐπαοιδαῖς δ' ἀνὴρ νώδυνον καί τις κάματον θῆκεν where καί emphasizesκάματον N. 8.50
ἦν γε μὰν ἐπικώμιος ὕμνος δὴ πάλαι, καὶ πρὶν γενέσθαι τὰν Ἀδράστου τάν τε Καδμείων ἔριν N. 8.51
ἐν γὰρ δαιμονίοισι φόβοις φεύγοντι καὶ παῖδες θεῶν N. 9.27
καὶ θνατὸν οὕτως ἔθνος ἄγει μοῖρα N. 11.42
τὸ τεόν, χρύσασπι Θήβα, πρᾶγμα καὶ ἀσχολίας ὑπέρτερον θήσομαι I. 1.2
ἔστιν δ' ἀφάνεια τύχας καὶ μαρναμένων I. 4.31
ἰατὰ δ' ἐστὶ βροτοῖς σύν γ ἐλευθερίᾳ καὶ τά I. 8.15
ἐσλόν γε φῶτα καὶ φθίμενον ὕμνοις θεᾶν διδόμεν I. 8.60
ἤτοι καὶ ἐγὼ σκόπελον ναίων Pae. 4.21
εἰ καί τι Διωνύσου ἄρουρα φέρει, ἄνιππός εἰμι though Pae. 4.252 where καί means also.ἐν καὶ θαλάσσᾳ O. 2.28
Μοῖρ' θεόρτῳ σὺν ὄλβῳ ἐπί τι καὶ πῆμ ἄγει O. 2.37
ἐπὶ μὰν βαίνει τι καὶ λάθας ἀτέκμαρτα νέφος O. 7.45
Ἐρατιδᾶν τοι σὺν χαρίτεσσιν ἔχει θαλίας καὶ πόλις O. 7.94
ἐοικότα γὰρ καὶ τελευτᾷ φερτέρου νόστου τυχεῖν (v. l. ἐν καὶ: κἀν Mosch.) P. 1.35Μοῖσα, καὶ πὰρ Δεινομένει κελαδῆσαι πίθεό μοι P. 1.58
ποτὶ καὶ τὸν ἵκοντ P. 2.36
ὅθεν φαμὶ καὶ δὲ τὰν ἀπείρονα δόξαν εὑρεῖν P. 2.64
σοφοὶ δέ τοι κάλλιον φέροντι καὶ τὰν θεόσδοτον δύναμιν P. 5.13
ἔγεντο καὶ πρότερον Ἀντίλοχος P. 6.28
ἔν τε καὶ πᾶσιν ἐπιχωρίοις P. 9.102
ἔθηκε καὶ βαθυλείμων ἀγὼν κρατησίποδα Φρικίαν P. 10.15
ἕποιτο μοῖρα καὶ ὑστέραισιν ἐν ἁμέραις P. 10.17
ῥέζοντά τι καὶ παθεῖν ἔοικεν N. 4.32
σὺν δὲ τὶν καὶ παῖς ὁ Θεαρίωνος ἀρετᾷ κλιθεὶς εὔδοξος ἀείδεται N. 7.7
ἐχθρὰ δ' ἄρα πάρφασις ἦν καὶ πάλαι N. 8.32
“καὶ ἐμοὶ θάνατον σὺν τῷδ' ἐπίτειλον, ἄναξ” N. 10.77ὁ πονήσαις δὲ νόῳ καὶ προμάθειαν φέρει I. 1.40
ἦ μὰν πολλάκι καὶ τὸ σεσωπαμένον εὐθυμίαν μείζω φέρει I. 1.63
ἔτι καὶ Πυθῶθεν I. 1.65
κεῖνον ἅψαι πυρσὸν ὕμνων καὶ Μελίσσῳ I. 4.44
ἐν δ' ἐρατεινῷ μέλιτι καὶ τοιαίδε τιμαὶ καλλίνικον χάρμ ἀγαπάζοντι I. 5.54
πόρε, Λοξία, τεαῖσιν ἁμίλλαισιν εὐανθέα καὶ Πυθόι στέφανον I. 7.51
ἔδοξ' ἦρα καὶ ἀθανάτοις ἐσλόν γε φῶτα καὶ φθίμενον ὕμνοις θεᾶν διδόμεν sc. as well as to men I. 8.59ἐπεὶ περικτίονας ἐνίκασε δή ποτε καὶ κεῖνος I. 8.65
θεὸς ὁ πάντα τεύχων βροτοῖς καὶ χάριν ἀοιδᾷ φυτεύει fr. 141.3 emphatic, where neither of the two previous meanings seems applicable.a emphasizing subs., adj.καί πού τι καὶ βροτῶν φάτις O. 1.28
σέο ἕκατι καὶ μεγασθενῆ νόμισαν χρυσὸν ἄνθρωποι περιώσιον ἄλλων I. 5.2
φαντὶ γὰρ ξύν' ἀλέγειν καὶ γάμον Θέτιος ἄνακτας (others interpr. καὶ as copulative) I. 8.47ταῦτα καὶ μακάρων ἐμέμναντ' ἀγοραί I. 8.26
ἀπὸ καὶ πατρός Πα. 7C. 9. ὁ δὲ κηλεῖται χορευοίσαισι κα[ὶ θη]ρῶν ἀγέλαις (supp. Housman) Δ. 2. 22. esp. subs. prop.,ἦλθε καὶ Γανυμήδης O. 1.44
ἀνταγόρευσεν καὶ Πελίας P. 4.156
ἔγνον ποτὲ καὶ Ἰόλαον P. 9.79
λαὸν θαμὰ δὴ καὶ Ὀλυμπιάδων φύλλοις ἐλαιᾶν χρυσέοις μιχθέντα N. 1.17
αἰνέω καὶ Πυθέαν I. 5.59
κώμαζ' ἔπειτεν ἁδυμελεῖ σὺν ὕμνῳ καὶ Στρεψιάδᾳ I. 7.21
other exx. under c. α. infra.b preceding demonstrative.εἶπεν καὶ τόδε P. 4.86
καὶτόδε συνθέμενος ῥῆμα P. 4.277
ἐξύφαινε, γλυκεῖα, καὶ τόδ' αὐτίκα, φόρμιγξ, Λυδίᾳ σὺν ἁρμονίᾳ μέλος N. 4.44
I relative.Ἄργει δ' ὅσσα καὶ ἐν Θήβαις O. 13.107
θεός, ὃ καὶ πτερόεντ' αἰετὸν κίχε P. 2.50
οἶα καὶ πολλοὶ πάθον P. 3.20
οἵτε καὶ P. 3.89
ἔνθα καὶ P. 4.253
ὃ καὶ P. 5.63
[ τῷ καὶ (codd.: καὶ del. Pauw.) P. 5.69]ἀλλ' ἔσται χρόνος οὗτος, ὃ καί τιν ἀελπτίᾳ βαλὼν ἔμπαλιν γνώμας P. 12.31
ὅθεν περ καὶ Ὁμηρίδαι N. 2.1
ὃς καὶ Ἰαολκὸν εἷλε N. 3.34
τᾷ καὶ Δαναοὶ πόνησαν N. 7.36
οἷοι καὶ Διὸς Αἰγίνας τε λέκτρον ἀμφεπόλησαν N. 8.6
ὅσπερ καὶ Κινύραν ἔβρισε πλούτῳ N. 8.18
πατρίδι ἐν ᾇ καὶ τὸν ἀδείμαντον Ἀλκμήνα τέκεν παῖδα I. 1.12
ὅν τε καὶ κάρυκες ὡρᾶν ἀνέγνον I. 2.23
ἅ τε κἀν γουνοῖς Ἀθανᾶν ἅρμα καρύξαισα νικᾶν (Boeckh: κεἰν, κἠν codd.) I. 4.25τοὶ καὶ σὺν μάχαις δὶς πόλιν Τρώων πράθον I. 5.35
ὃ καὶ δαιμόνεσσι δίκας ἐπείραινε I. 8.23
ὃ καὶ Μύσιον ἀμπελόεν αἵμαξε πεδίον I. 8.49
ὃς καὶ τυπεὶς ἁγνῷ πελέκει τέκετο ξανθὰν Ἀθάναν fr. 34.II demonstrative.τὸ καὶ ἀνδρὶ πάρεστι Συρακοσίῳ O. 6.17
τὸ καὶ κατεφάμιξεν O. 6.56
τῶ καὶ ἐγὼ καίπερ ἀχνύμενος θυμόν I. 8.5
τὸ καὶ νῦν φέρει λόγον I. 8.61
cf. I. 8.26d with temporal adv.τότε καὶ φαυσίμβροτος δαίμων Ὑπεριονίδας O. 7.39
καὶ τότε γνοὺς P. 3.31
μετὰ καὶ νῦν P. 4.64
cf. I. 8.61καὶ νῦν N. 5.43
[ καὶ νῦν (v. l. καί νυν) N. 6.8] ἐνῆκεν καὶ ἔπειτ[ Παρθ. 2.. καὶ τότ' ἐγὼ fr. 168. 4. v. also νῦνe emphasizing prepositional phrases, cf. E infra.ὃς ἔχεις καὶ πεδὰ μέγαν κάματον λόγων φερτάτων μναμήἰ P. 5.47
“εἰ δὲ χρὴ καὶ πὰρ σοφὸν ἀντιφερίξαι, ἐρέω” P. 9.50πλεῖστα νικάσαντά δε καὶ τελεταῖς ὡρίαις ἐν Παλλάδος εἶδον P. 9.97
γλυκύ τι δαμωσόμεθα καὶ μετὰ πόνον I. 8.8
οἶαν Βρομίου [τελε]τὰν καὶ παρὰ σκᾶ[πτ]ον Διὸς Οὐρανίδαι ἐν μεγάροις ἵσταντι Δ. 2. 7.f with dependent infinitive phrase.γλυκεῖα δὲ φρὴν καὶ συμπόταισιν ὁμιλεῖν P. 6.53
πράσσει χρέος, αὖτις ἐγεῖραι καὶ παλαιὰν δόξαν ἑῶν προγόνων P. 9.105
ἐγὼ δ' ἀστοῖς ἁδὼν καὶ χθονὶ γυῖα καλύψαι (sc. εὔχομαι) N. 8.384 in comparisons.aὡς εἰ καί, ὥτε καί. φιάλαν ὡς εἴ τις δωρήσεται νεανίᾳ γαμβρῷ, καὶ ἐγὼ νέκταρ χυτόν ἀνδράσιν πέμπων ἱλάσκομαι O. 7.7
ἀλλ' ὥτε παῖς, καὶ ὅταν O. 10.91
bοὕτω καί. ἐν δ' ὀλίγῳ βροτῶν τὸ τερπνὸν αὔξεται· οὕτω δὲ καὶ πίτνει χαμαί P. 8.93
καὶ θνατὸν οὕτως ἔθνος ἄγει N. 11.42
cοἷος καί. ἤρατο τῶν ἀπεόντων· οἶα καὶ πολλοὶ πάθον P. 3.20
τῶν ἀρειόνων ἐρώτων. οἷοι καὶ Διὸς Αἰγίνας τε λέκτρον ποιμένες ἀμφεπόλησαν N. 8.6
d ἐπεὶ ψάμμος ἀριθμὸν περιπέφευγεν, καὶ κεῖνος ὅσα χάρματ' ἄλλοις ἔθηκεν, τίς ἂν φράσαι δύναιτο; O. 2.99ὅθεν περ καὶ Ὁμηρίδαι ῥαπτῶν ἐπέων τὰ πόλλ' ἀοιδοὶ ἄρχονται, καὶ ὅδ ἀνὴρ N. 2.3
, cf. P. 10.67 D in combination with other particles.1 δὲ καίa where καί means evenφύονται δὲ καὶ νέοις ἐν ἀνδράσιν πολιαί P. 4.25
κῆλα δὲ καὶ δαιμόνων θέλγει φρένας P. 1.12
βία δὲ καὶ μεγάλαυχον ἔσφαλεν ἐν χρόνῳ P. 8.15
θανόντων δὲ καὶ φίλοι προδόται (Bergk: λόγοι φίλοι codd.) fr. 160.b where καί means alsoἀγλαίζεται δὲ καὶ μουσικᾶς ἐν ἀώτῳ O. 1.14
δαέντι δὲ καὶ σοφία μείζων ἄδολος τελέθει O. 7.53
ἔστι δὲ καί τι θανόντεσσιν μέρος O. 8.77
οἱ δ' Ἀρκάδες, οἱ δὲ καὶ Πισᾶται O. 9.68
ἄλλαι δὲ δὔ χάρμαι, τὰ δὲ καὶ Νεμέας κατὰ κόλπον O. 9.87
τὰ δὲ καί ποτ' ἐν ἀλκᾷ O. 13.55
τέρας μὲν θαυμάσιον προσιδέσθαι, θαῦμα δὲ καὶ παρεόντων ἀκοῦσαι P. 1.26
μάκαρ δὲ καὶ νῦν P. 5.20
τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀνδράσιν ἐμπρέπει P. 8.28
χαίρων δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς Ἀλκμᾶνα στεφάνοισι βάλλω, ῥαίνω δὲ καὶ ὕμνῳ bis. P. 8.56—7.πολλοὶ ἀριστῆες, πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ ξείνων P. 9.
108.ἐλᾷ δὲ καὶ τέσσαρας ἀρετὰς ὁ θνατὸς αἰών N. 3.74
πρόφρων δὲ καὶ κείνοις ἄειδ' ἐν Παλίῳ Μοισᾶν ὁ κάλλιστος χορός N. 5.22
ἕπομαι δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἔχων μελέταν N. 6.54
μαστεύει δὲ καὶ τέρψις ἐν ὄμμασι θέσθαι πιστόν N. 8.43
ἔστι δὲ καὶ κόρος ἀνθρώπων N. 10.20
ἐκράτησε δὲ καί ποθ' Ἕλλανα στρατὸν Πυθῶνι N. 10.25
τρὶς μὲν τρὶς δὲ καὶ σεμνοῖς δαπέδοις ἐν Ἀδραστείῳ νόμῳ N. 10.28
ἐν Ἰσθμῷ Νεμέᾳ δὲ καὶ ἀμφοῖν I. 5.18
μέτρα μὲν γνώμᾳ διώκων μέτρα δὲ καὶ κατέχων I. 6.71
αἰνέων Μελέαγρον, αἰνέων δὲ καὶ Ἕκτορα Ἀμφιάρηόν τε I. 7.32
κλεινὸς Αἰακοῦ λόγος, κλεινὰ δὲ καὶ ναυσικλυτὸς Αἴγινα I. 9.1
διαγινώσκομαι μὲν γινώσκομαι δὲ καὶ μοῖσαν παρέχων ἅλις Pae. 4.23
μνάσει δὲ καί τινα Pae. 14.35
τέρπεται δὲ καί τις ἐπ' οἶδμ ἅλιον ναὶ θοᾷ διαστείβων fr. 221. 4. N. B. anaphora O. 9.68, P. 9.108, N. 10.28, I. 6.71, I. 7.32, I. 9.1c where καί is generally emphatic. τῶν νῦν δὲ καὶ Θρασύβουλος πατρῴαν μάλιστα πρὸς στάθμαν ἔβα (= αὖ, Gr. Part., 305 P. 6.44 ἔστι δὲ καὶ διδύμων ἀέθλων Μελίσσῳ μοῖρα and two are the victories that M. has I. 3.9 ἐν δ' ἄρα καὶ Τενέδῳ Πειθώ τ ἔναιεν ( précisement van Groningen) fr. 123. 13. σοφοὶ δὲ καὶ τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν ἔπος αἴνησαν περισσῶς fr. 35b. where δὲ is separated fromκαί; εἰ δ' αὐτὸ καὶ θεὸς ἀνέχοι N. 7.89
2 combined with particles other particles than δέ. a. καί ῥα v. ῥα. b. καί νυν v. νυν. c. καὶ γάρ v. γάρ. d. καὶ μάν v. μά ν. e. καίτοι v. τοι f. καίπερ v. καίπερ [g. καί τε is not a genuine combination of particles, in spite of apparent exx. I. 2.19 coni., I. 2.23, I. 4.25—6, I. 7.32—3.] E position of καί: 1. the position of emphatic καὶ is sometimes between prep. and subs., cf. C. 3. e supra:ἐν καὶ θαλάσσᾳ O. 2.28
ἐπὶ καὶ θανάτῳ P. 4.186
ἐν Ὀλυμπίοισί τε καὶ βαθυκόλπου Γᾶς ἀέθλοις ἔν τε καὶ πᾶσιν ἐπιχωρίοις P. 9.102
ἀπὸ καὶ πατρός Πα. 7C. 9. cf. fr. 123. 13. This usage is irregularly applied to copulative καί:ἐν καὶ τελευτᾷ O. 7.26
θαητὸν ἐν ἅλιξι θησέμεν ἐν καὶ παλαιτέροις (Tricl.: ἔν τε, ἔν τε καὶ codd.) P. 10.58 πέσε δ (sc. κῦμ' Ἀίδα)ἀδόκητον ἐν καὶ δοκέοντα N. 7.31
ζώων τ' ἀπὸ καὶ θανών I. 7.30
2 irregular position of καί. dub. exx.a copulative. ὄνυχας ὀξυτάτους ἀκμὰν / καὶ δεινοτάτων σχάσαις ὀδόντων ( καί coni. Ahlwardt: τε codd.: ὀξ. σχ. καὶ δειν. coni. Wil.) N. 4.64 [ καὶ coni. Ahlwardt, τ codd. P. 10.69]b emphatic. δελφῖνι καὶ τάχος δἰ ἅλμας ἶσον κ' εἴποιμι Μελησίαν (Schr. e Σ: κεν codd.: κ add. Wil., om. codd: “nicht ein umgestelltes “und” sondern “auch” wie die Σ auch verstehen.” Wil.) N. 6.64 F in crasis.κἀσόφοις O. 3.45
κἀγοραὶ O. 12.5
χὠπόταν χὤταν P. 2.87
—8.κοὔ P. 4.151
τε κἀγαθῷ P. 8.100
κἀνθρώποις P. 9.40
χὠπόσαι χὤ τι χὠπόθεν P. 9.46
—8. καἴπερ (coni. Christ: καίπερ codd.) N. 4.36 κἀν (Boeckh: κεἰν, κἠν codd.) I. 4.25 εἰρήσεταί που κἀν βραχίστοις (Heyne: που κἐν, πα κ' ἐν codd.) I. 6.59 κεἴ fr. 4. κἀγχερριθ[ Πα. 22. i. 3. G fragg.καὶ θυόε[ντα Pae. 3.8
]καί ποτε[ Pae. 6.73
]σεκαι[ Πα. 7B. 2. ]καὶ χ[ Pae. 10.2
]καὶ χρυσο[ Pae. 10.10
καὶ τα[Πα. 13d. 8. ]τε καὶ ἁνίκα ναύλοχοι[ Pae. 18.9
]καί νιν ορει[ Πα. 22a. 1. ]αμα καὶ στρατιὰ[ Δ. 3. 11. ]τηρκαιε[ Δ. 4. d. 3. καὶ λιπαρῷ fr. 204. ] σκαιλυ[ fr. 215b. col. 2. 4. -
13 φέρω
φέρω ([dialect] Locr. [full] φάρω [ᾰ], IG9(1).334.5 (Oeanthea, v. B.C.)), only [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. (late 1 [tense] aor. [ per.] 3pl.Aἤφεραν IG3.1379
), Il.21.458, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, [ per.] 2pl. imper.φέρτε Il.9.171
; [ per.] 2sg. subj. ; [ per.] 3sg. subj.φέρῃσι Il.18.308
, Od.5.164, al.; [dialect] Ep. inf.φερέμεν Il.9.411
, al.: [tense] impf. ἔφερον, [dialect] Ep.φέρον 3.245
; also φέρεσκε, φέρεσκον ([ per.] 3pl.), Od.9.429, 10.108.II [tense] fut.οἴσω Il.7.82
, etc.; [dialect] Dor.οἰσῶ Theoc.3.11
; [ per.] 1pl.οἰσεῦμες Id.15.133
; [ per.] 3pl. ηοίσοντι Tab.Heracl.1.150: the foll. act. forms are not [tense] fut. in sense, imper.οἶσε Od.22.106
, 481, Ar.Ach. 1099, 1101, 1122, Ra. 482;οἰσέτω Il.19.173
, Od.8.255; [ per.] 3pl.οἰσόντων Antim.15
; inf.οἴσειν Pi.P.4.102
, [dialect] Ep.οἰσέμεν Od.3.429
,οἰσέμεναι Il.3.120
, Od.8.399, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 inf.οἶσαι Ph.1.611
codd. ( ἀν-οῖσαι is prob. in Hdt.1.157):—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.οἴσομαι Il.22.217
, S.El. 969, etc. (in pass. sense, E.Or. 440, X.Oec.18.6; so [dialect] Dor.οἰσεῖται Archim.Fluit.1.7
, al.): [tense] fut. [voice] Pass.οἰσθήσομαι D.44.45
, Arist. Ph. 205a13, Archim.Fluit.1.3, al., ([etym.] ἐξ-) E.Supp. 561:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf.προοῖσται Luc.Par.2
; cf. οἰστέον, οἰστός ([etym.] ἀν-οιστός).III from ἐνεγκ- (not found in Hom. or Hdt., exc. as v.l. in Il.19.194, but in Pi.O.13.66, I.8(7).21, ([etym.] προς-) Id.P.9.36, also B.16.62, and normal in [dialect] Att. and Trag., also in codd.Hp., Epid.1.1.2, al.) come [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεγκα, and [tense] aor. 2 ἤνεγκον:—Indic., [ per.] 1sg. (lyr.), 964, Ar.Ra. 1299, Th. 742, Lys. 944, ([etym.] δι-) Isoc.18.59, butἤνεγκα S.El. 13
, E. Ion38, Aeschin.2.4, and in compos. with Preps.; [ per.] 2sg. always (lyr.), ([etym.] ἐξ-) S.Tr. 741 (in Ar.Th. 742, δέκα μῆνας αὔτ' ἐγὼ ἤνεγκον is answd. by ἤνεγκας σύ;); [ per.] 3sg. ἤνεγκε, common to both forms; dualδι-ηνεγκάτην Pl.Lg. 723b
; pl. always ἠνέγκαμεν, -ατε, -αν ([ per.] 3pl.ἀπ-ήνενκαν IG22.1620.37
, al., once ἀπ-ήνεγκον ib. 1414.2; δι-ηνέγκομεν is f.l. in X.Oec.9.8): imper., [ per.] 2sg. , Ar.Eq. 110, X.Mem.3.6.9 ( ἔνεγκον cj. Pors. in Anaxipp. 8); [ per.] 3sg. (troch.), Th. 238, Pl.Phd. 116d, ([etym.] προς-) X.Smp.5.2; butἐξ-ενεγκέτω IG12.63.33
, 76.61; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ἐνεγκόντω ib.5 (1).26.16 (Amyclae, ii/i B. C.); [ per.] 2pl.ἐξ-ενέγκατε Ar.Ra. 847
: subj. ἐνέγκω common to both forms: opt., [ per.] 1sg. , Pl.Cri. 43c: [ per.] 3sg. ἐνέγκαι (cod.A, but - κοι cod.Laur.) S.Tr. 774, butἐνέγκοι Id.Fr.84
(anap.), Pl.R. 330a, ([etym.] ξυν-) Th.6.20, etc.; [ per.] 2pl. ἐνέγκαιτε ( ἐνέγκατε codd.) E.Heracl. 751 (lyr.): inf. , S.OC 1599, IG22.40.18, etc., ([etym.] προς-) Pi.P.9.36, Hp.VM15; Hellenistic ([etym.] εἰς-), PAmh.2.30.35 (ii B. C.), Ev.Marc. 2.4 ([etym.] προς-), etc., found also in codd.Hp., Aff.3 ([etym.] προς-), Nat.Mul.19 ([etym.] δι-): part.ἐνεγκών Pi.I.8(7).21
, S.El. 692, Th.6.56, etc.,ἐνέγκας IG22.1361.21
([etym.] εἰς-), 333.4, D.49.51 (and later, Demetr.Com.Nov.1.10 ([etym.] εἰς-), Arist.Oec. 1351a14, etc.; in X. we findἐξ-ενεγκόντες Mem.1.2.53
, and δι-ενεγκοῦσα, συν-ενεγκόντες, vv. ll. in ib.2.2.5, An.6.5.6):— [voice] Med., only ἠνεγκάμην, Ar.Ec.76 ([etym.] ἐξ-), etc. (exc. imper. ); [ per.] 2sg. , X.Oec.7.13; [ per.] 3sg. , Pl.R. 406b, etc.; [ per.] 1pl.ἠνεγκάμεθα Id. Ion 530b
, ([etym.] προ-) Phlb. 57a; inf.εἰς-ενέγκασθαι Isoc.15.188
: part.ἐνεγκάμενος Aeschin.1.131
, ([etym.] ἀπ-) X.Ages.6.2.IV from ἐνεικ- comes [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεικα, found mostly in [dialect] Ion. (but not in codd. Hp.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr., also at Cos (v. infr.) and implied elsewh. in pass. forms (v. infr. v):—the endings are those of [tense] aor. 1, exc. in imper.ἔνεικε Od.21.178
, inf. ἐνεικέμεν (v.l. ἐνεγκέμεν) Il.19.194, ἐνείκην (v. infr.), and part. μετ-ενεικών, ἐξενικοῦσι (v. infr.), cf. συνενείκομαι:—[ per.] 1sg.ἀν-ένεικα Od.11.625
; [ per.] 2sg.ἀπ-ένεικας Il.14.255
; [ per.] 3sg.ἤνεικε Od.18.300
, al., Hdt.2.146, [dialect] Ep.ἔνεικε Il.15.705
, al.; [ per.] 1pl.ἐνείκαμεν Od.24.43
; [ per.] 3pl.ἤνεικαν Hdt.3.30
, [dialect] Ep.ἔνεικαν Il.9.306
; imper. [ per.] 2sg.ἔνεικον Anacr.62.3
; [ per.] 2pl.,ἐνείκατε Od. 8.393
; [ per.] 3pl.ἐνεικάντων Schwyzer 688
B 3 (Chios, v B. C.); inf.ἐνεῖκαι Il.18.334
, Pi.P.9.53, Hdt.1.32; ἐνεικέμεν (v. supr.); [dialect] Aeol.ἐνείκην Alc.Oxy.1788
Fr.15ii 20; part.ἐνείκας Il.17.39
, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hdt.2.23;μετ-ενεικών Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).22
(Cos, iii B. C.):—[voice] Med., [ per.] 3sg.ἀν-ενείκατο Il.19.314
; [ per.] 3pl.ἠνείκαντο 9.127
, Hdt.1.57, ([etym.] ἐς-) 7.152; part.ἐνεικάμενος Alc.35.4
.2 [tense] aor. 1 ἤνῐκα is found in the foll. dialect forms: [ per.] 3sg.ἤνικε IG42(1).121.110
(Epid., iv B. C.); Bi11 (Delph., iv B. C.);ἀν-ήνικε IG4.757A12
, al. (Troezen, ii B. C.); ἀπ-ήνικε ib.42(1).103.16, al. (Epid., iv B. C.); but ἤνῑκε is prob. written for ἤνεικε in IG4.801.3 (Troezen, vi B. C.); [ per.] 1pl. ἀν-ηνίκαμες [ῐ] GDI 3591b21 ([place name] Calymna); [ per.] 3pl. Bi 17 (Delph., iv B. C.), IG 12(2).15.15 (Mytil., iii B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj.ἐνίκει Berl.Sitzb.1927.161
([place name] Cyrene); ἐς-ενίκη, and inf. ἐς-ένικαι, IG12(2).645b43,39 (Nesus, iv B. C.); part. (dat. pl.)ἐξ-ενικοῦσι IG4.823.49
(Troezen, iv B. C.); so in later Gr.,εἰς-ήνικα Supp.Epigr.7.381
,382 (Dura-Europos, iii A. D.); ἤνιγκα ib.383 (ibid., iii A. D.):—[voice] Med., part.ἐξ-ε[νικ]άμενος IG12
(2).526a5 (Eresus, iv B. C.).b [dialect] Boeot. [tense] aor. 1 in [ per.] 3pl.εἴνιξαν IG7.2418.24
(Thebes, iv B. C.); [ per.] 1sg. ἤνειγξα Hdn.Gr.2.374.V other tenses: [tense] pf.ἐνήνοχα D.21.108
, 22.62, ([etym.] ἐξ-) Luc.Pr.Im.15,17, ([etym.] μετ-) Pl.Criti. 113a, ([etym.] συν-) v. l. in X.Mem.3.5.22:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.ἐνεχθήσομαι Arist.Ph. 205b12
, Archim.Fluit.2.2, al., ([etym.] ἐπ-) Th.7.56, ([etym.] κατ-) Isoc.13.19: [tense] aor.ἠνέχθην X.An.4.7.12
and freq. in compds.; [dialect] Ion.ἀπ-ηνείχθην Hdt.1.66
, etc.; ([etym.] περι-) ib.84; [ per.] 3pl. written ἠνείχτθησαν in Schwyzer 707B9 (Ephesus, vi B. C.); [dialect] Dor. part.ἐξ-ενειχθείς IG42(1).121.115
(Epid., iv B. C.); Hellenisticἐνεγχθείς PCair.Zen.327.42
(iii B. C.), ([etym.] συμπερι-) IPE12.32A31,78, B70 (Olbia, iii B. C.); in dialects, [ per.] 3sg. indic.ἀπ-ηνίχθη IG42(1).103.111
(Epid., iv B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj. ἐξενιχθῇ ib.12(5).593 A23 (Ceos, v B. C.), Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).21 (Cos, iii B. C.); [dialect] Boeot.ἐν-ενιχθεῖ IG7.3172.150
(Thespiae, iii B. C.); part. (neut.)ἐπ-ενιχθέν Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).53
(Telos, iv B. C., ined.); [dialect] Att. [tense] pf.ἐνήνεγμαι, ἐνήνεκται Pl.R. 584d
,εἰς-ενήνεκται E. Ion 1340
;ἀν-ενήνεγκται IG12.91.4
; ἐπαν-ενήνειγκται ib.22.1607a7; [dialect] Ion.ἐξ-ενηνειγμένος Hdt.8.37
; [dialect] Att. [tense] plpf.προς-ενήνεκτο X.HG4.3.20
; part.κατ-, μετ-ενηνεγμένος Plb.10.30.2
, Str.13.1.12. (With φέρω cf. Lat.fero, OE. beran, Skt. bhárati 'bear'; οἴσω is of uncertain origin; ἐνεγκ- is prob. redupl. ἐγκ- ( ἐνεκ- in [voice] Pass. forms and in δουρηνεκής, etc.), cogn. with Skt. náśati 'attain,' Lat. nanciscor, Lith. nèšti 'carry, bear'; ἐνεικ- ([etym.] ἐνῐκ-) is of uncertain origin; the glosses ἐνέεικαν· ἤνεγκαν, and ἐνεείκω· ἐνέγκω (Hsch.) are not corroborated.)A [voice] Act.,I bear or carry a load,ἐν ταλάροισι φέρον μελιηδέα καρπόν Il.18.568
;μέγα ἔργον, ὃ οὐ δύο γ' ἄνδρε φέροιεν 5.303
;ἦγον μὲν μῆλα, φέρον δ' εὐήνορα οἶνον Od.4.622
;χοάς A.Ch.15
;φ. ἐπ' ὤμοις S.Tr. 564
;χερσὶν φ. Id.Ant. 429
;φ. ὅπλα βραχίονι E.Hec.14
; bear (as a device) on one's shield, A.Th. 559, etc.; γαστέρι κοῦρον φ., of a pregnant woman, Il.6.59; φ. ὑπὸ ζώνην or ζώνης ὕπο, A.Ch. 1000(992), E.Hec. 762: in Trag. stronger than ἔχω, ἁγνὰς αἵματος χεῖρας φ. to have hands clean from blood, E.Hipp. 316 (v.l. φορεῖς); ἀλαὸν ὄμμα φέρων Id.Ph. 1531
(lyr.);γλῶσσαν εὔφημον φ. A.Ch. 581
, cf. Supp. 994;καλὸν φ. στόμα S.Fr. 930
codd. (nisi leg. φορῇ) ; ἄψοφονβάσιν φ. Id.Tr. 967
(lyr.).II bear, convey, with collat. notion of motion, freq. in Hom.,πῇ δὴ.. τόξα φέρεις; Od.21.362
; πρόσω φ. ib. 369;εἴσω φέρω σ' ἐντεῦθεν Ar.V. 1444
, cf. Pl.Lg. 914b;πόδες φέρον Il.6.514
;πέδιλα τά μιν φέρον 24.341
, etc.; of horses, 2.838;ἵππω.. ἅρμα οἴσετον 5.232
, etc.; of ships, Od.16.323, cf. Il.9.306;τὰ σώματα τῶν ζῴων συνέστηκεν ἐκ τοῦ φέροντος καὶ τοῦ φερομένου Diocl. Fr.17
.b of persons, bring to bear, μένος or μένος χειρῶν ἰθύς τινος φέρειν hurl one's strength right upon or against him, Il.16.602, 5.506; φ. τὴν ὀργήν, τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπί τινα, Plb.21.31.8, 33.11.2.2 of wind, bear along, [πνοιὴ Ζεφύρου] φ. νῆάς τε καὶ αὐτούς Od.10.26
; [σχεδίην] ἄνεμοι φέρον ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα 5.330
, cf. 4.516, Il.19.378, etc.;ἐπέλασσε φέρων ἄνεμος Od.3.300
, 7.277, cf. 5.111, etc.: abs., ὁ βορέας ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα φέρει is fair for Greece, X.An.5.77: metaph.,ὅπῃ ἂν ὁ λόγος ὥσπερ πνεῦμα φ. Pl.R. 394d
;φ. τινὰ φρένες δύσαρκτοι A.Ch. 1023
, cf. Th. 687 (lyr.):—[voice] Pass., v. infr. B.III endure, suffer,λυγρά Od.18.135
;ἄτην Hdt.1.32
; χαλινόν, ζυγόν, A.Ag. 1066, 1226; πημονάς, τύχας, Id.Pers. 293, E.Or. 1024;ξυμφοράς Th.2.60
; ; also of food,ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φ. X.Cyr.8.2.21
; of strong wine, bear, admit, καὶ τὰ τρία φέρων καλῶς, i.e. three parts of water, instead of ἴσον ἴσῳ, Ar.Eq. 1188, cf. Ach. 354; so τὰς ἐπιδείξεις.. φέρουσιν αὐτοῦ (sc. Ἰσοκράτους)οἱ λόγοι, τοὺς δὲ ἐν ἐκκλησίαις.. ἀγῶνας οὐχ ὑπομένουσι D.H.Isoc.2
: metaph.,ᾗ φέρειν πέφυκε Pl.Ti. 48a
.2 freq. with modal words,πήματα κόσμῳ φ. Pi.P.3.82
; ;ὀργῇ τὸν πόλεμον Th.1.31
;θυμῷ φ. Id.5.80
;χαρᾷ φ. τι J.AJ19.1.13
: esp. with an Adv., [ὕβριν] ῥηϊδίως φ. Hes.Op. 215
; δεινῶς, βαρέως, πικρῶς, χαλεπῶς φέρειν τι, bear a thing impatiently, take it ill or amiss, Hdt.2.121.γ, 5.19, E. Ion 610, Pl.R. 330a, etc.; δυσπετῶς, βαρυστόνως φ., A.Pr. 752, Eu. 794; προθύμως φέρειν τὸν πόλεμον to be zealous about the war, Hdt.9.18,40;προθύμως τὰ τοῦ πολέμου ἔφερον Th.8.36
;αἶσαν φέρειν ὡς ῥᾷστα A.Pr. 104
;συμφορὴν ὡς κουφότατα φ. Hdt.1.35
;ῥᾳδίως φ. Pl.Grg. 522d
, al.;εὐπετῶς φ. S.Fr. 585
, X.Mem.2.1.6; εὐπόρως ( εὐφόρως Brunck) ; εὐμενῶς, εὐχερῶς φ., D.Ep. 3.45, Pl.R. 474e; these phrases are used mostly c. acc. rei; also c. part.,βαρέως ἤνεικε ἰδών Hdt.3.155
, cf. Ar.Th. 385, etc.;φ. ἐλαφρῶς.. λαβόντα ζυγόν Pi.P.2.93
;ῥᾳδίως φέρεις ἡμᾶς ἀπολείπων Pl. Phd. 63a
: c. gen.,τοῦ ἐνδεοῦς χαλεπώτερον φ. Th.1.77
, cf. 2.62;ἐπί τινι, χαλεπῶς φ. ἐπὶ τῇ πολιορκίᾳ X.HG7.4.21
, cf. Isoc.12.232;πράως ἐπὶ τοῖς γιγνομένοις φ. D.58.55
: c. dat. only, βαρέως φέρειν τοῖς παροῦσι, τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ, X.An.1.3.3, HG3.4.9, cf. 5.1.29; later, χαλεπῶς φ. διά τι, πρός τι, D.S.17.111, Jul.Or.1.17c codd.IV bring, fetch,εἰ.. θεὸς αὐτὸν ἐνείκαι Od.21.196
;φ. ἄποινα Il.24.502
;ἄρνε 3
, 120, cf. Sapph.95; ὕδωρ, οἶνον, Anacr.62.1;ἔντεα Il.18.191
;τόξα Od.21.359
; ; , etc.;γῆν τε καὶ ὕδωρ Hdt.7.131
:—[voice] Med., carry or bring with one, or for one's own use,ποδάνιπτρα Od.19.504
;οἶνον Alc.35
, cf. Hdt.4.67, 7.50, X. Mem.3.14.1;φερνὰς δόμοις E.Andr. 1282
; fetch, Od.2.410;χοὰς ἐκ κρήνης S.OC 470
.2 bring, offer, present,δῶρα Od.8.428
, etc.;μέλος Pi.P.2.3
; ;φ. πέπλον δώρημά τινι S.Tr. 602
;πρός τινα δῶρα X.An.7.3.31
; χάριν τινὶ φ. grant any one a favour, do him a kindness, Il.5.211, Od.5.307, al.;ἐπὶ ἦρα φ. τινί Il.1.572
, Od.3.164, etc.; φ. τισὶ εὐνοίας, ὄνησιν ἀστοῖς, A.Supp. 489, S.OC 287; but after Hom., χάριν τινὶ φ. show gratitude to him, Pi.O.10(11).17; μῆνιν φ. τινί cherish wrath against.. A.Niob. in PSI11.1208.12.b = ἄγω iv. 1,ἄχρι νῦν καθ' ὥραν ἔτους λέγονται πένθος ἐπὶ Μελεάγρῳ φέρειν Ant.Lib.2.7
; Ἰάλεμος· ὁ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀπολωλόσιν ἀνίαν φέρων, Suid.:—[voice] Med.,τοῦ γονέως ἐφ' ᾧ γε τὸ πένθος φέρεσθε Phalar.Ep.103.1
.3 bring, produce, cause, [ἀστὴρ] φέρει πυρετὸν βροτοῖσιν Il.22.31
;ὄσσαν.. ἥ τε φ. κλέος ἀνθρώποισι Od.1.283
, cf. 3.204; φ. κακόν, πῆμα, ἄλγεα, etc., work one woe, Il.8.541, Od.12.231, 427, etc.; δηϊοτῆτα φ. bring war, 6.203;ἐπ' ἀλλήλοισι φ. Ἄρηα Il.3.132
, cf. 8.516; ;θάνατον φ. B.5.134
;τοῦτο εὐδοξίαν σοι οἴσει Pl.Ep. 312c
; ;τέχναι.. φόβον φέρουσιν μαθεῖν A.Ag. 1135
(lyr.); ὥσπερ τὸ δίκαιον ἔφερε as justice brought with it, brought about, i.e. as was just, no more than just, Hdt.5.58;ἀν' ὄ κα φέρῃ ὁ λόγος ὁ ταμία Φιλοκλέος IG42(1).77.13
(Epid., ii B. C.); of a calculation, yield a result, Vett.Val.349.27; produce, adduce, bring forward,παραδείγματα Isoc.7.6
, etc.;πάσας αἰτίας D.58.22
;ἁρμόττουσαν εἰκόνα Id.61.10
:—[voice] Pass.,εἰς τὴν συνηγορίαν.. τοιαῦτά τινα φέρεται Sor.2.3
.4 μῦθον φ. τινί bring one word, Il.10.288, 15.202; ἀγγελίην φ. bring a message, ib. 175, Od.1.408;λόγον Pi.P.8.38
;ἐπιστολὰς φ. τινί S.Aj. 781
, cf. Tr. 493;ἐπιστολήν X.Ages.8.3
: hence, tell, announce, πευθώ, φάτιν, A.Th. 370, Ag.9;σαφές τι πρᾶγος Id.Pers. 248
(troch.), cf. Ag. 639, etc.; report, ἀγήν (breakages) PCair.Zen. 15r27 (iii B. C.); φ. κεχωνευκώς reports that he has.., ib.741.26, cf. 147.4, 268.24 (all iii B. C.); enter, book a payment made, PBaden47.12:—[voice] Med.,λόγους φ. E.Supp. 583
; but also ἀγγελίας ἔπος οἴσῃ thou shalt have it brought thee, receive, Id.Ph. 1546 (lyr.);μαντήϊα.. φέρονται Hes.Fr.134.9
:—[voice] Pass., θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου the death of the testator must be announced, Ep.Heb.9.16.5 pay something due or owing, φόρον τέσσαρα τάλαντα φ. pay as a tax or tribute, Th.4.57, cf. IG12.57.9, Pl.Plt. 298a, PCair.Zen.467.7 (iii B. C.);δασμόν X.An.5.5.10
; σύνοδον φ. subscribe to the expense of a meeting, IG22.1012.14, 1326.6;χρήματα πᾶσι τάξαντες φ. Th.1.19
;μισθὸν φ. X.Cyr.1.6.12
(but usu., receive, draw, pay,μισθὸν δύο δραχμὰς τῆς ἡμέρας Ar.Ach.66
; ;αἱ νῆες μισθὸν ἔφερον Th. 3.17
, cf. X.An.1.3.21, Oec.1.6);φ. ἐννέα ὀβολοὺς τῆς μνᾶς τόκους Lys.Fr.1.2
, cf. Lycurg.23; also of property, bring in, yield as rent,φ. μίσθωσιν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ Is.5.35
.6 apply, refer, , Chrm. 163d, R. 478b, cf. Plb.3.36.7, al.; φ. τὰ πράγματα ἐπί τινα confer powers upon, Id.2.50.6.7 ψῆφον φ. give one's vote, A.Eu. 674, 680, And.1.2, Is.11.18; ψῆφος καθ' ἡμῶν οἴσεται ([voice] Pass.) E.Or. 440;περὶ ταύτης ἡ ψῆφος οἰσθήσεται D.44.45
;ὑπὲρ ἀγῶνος Lycurg.7
, cf. 11: hence φ. τινά appoint or nominate to an office,φ. χορηγόν D.20.130
, 39.7, cf. Pl.Lg. 753d, Arist.Pol. 1266a10:—[voice] Pass., ibid.; (ii B. C.);τῶν φερομένων ἐν Κλεοπάτρᾳ κληρούχων PRein.10.13
, al. (ii B. C.); φερομένου μου ἐν τῇ συνοχῇ since I am enrolled in prison, i.e. am in prison, BGU1821.21 (i B. C.):—[voice] Med., choose, adopt,ταύταν φ. βιοτάν E.Andr. 785
(lyr.).V bring forth, produce, whether of the earth or of trees,φ. ἄρουρα φάρμακα Od.4.229
;ἄμπελοι φ. οἶνον 9.110
; [νῆσος] φ. ὥρια πάντα ib. 131, cf. Hes.Op. 117; [οὐ] γῆ καρπὸν ἔφερε Hdt.6.139
;γύαι φ. βίοτον A.Fr.196.5
, cf. Pi.N.11.41, E.Hec. 593, etc.: abs., bear fruit, be fruitful,εὖτ' ἂν τάδε πάντα φέρῃσι h.Merc.91
; ἡ γῆ ἔφερε ( καρπόν add. codd. quidam) Hdt.5.82;αἱ ἄμπελοι φέρουσιν X.Oec.20.4
; also of living beings,τόπος ἄνδρας φ. Pl.Ti. 24c
;ἤνεγκεν αὐτὸν Λαοδίκεια Philostr. VS1.25.1
; one's country,Hld.
2.29, Lib.Or. 2.66, al., Chor.p.81 B., Lyd.Mag.3.26, dub. in Supp.Epigr.4.439 (Milet.) without Art. (alsoἡ ἐνεγκαμένη Jul.Ep. 202
); or Mother Earth, M.Ant.4.48: generally, create, form,Πηνειὸς Τέμπη φ. Philostr.Im.1.25
; [τὰ βρέφη] ἄρχεται φέρειν τοὺς ὀδόντας Aët.4.9
;φ. τοὺς κυνόδοντας Gp.16.1.14
.VI carry off or away,Κῆρες ἔβαν θανάτοιο φέρουσαι Il.2.302
;φ. τινὰ ἐκ πόνου 14.429
, 17.718, etc.; of winds, [ἔπος] φέροιεν ἀναρπάξασαι ἄελλαι may the winds sweep away the word, Od.8.409; of a river, Hdt.1.189:—[voice] Med., carry off with one, Od.15.19.2 carry away as booty or prize, ἔναρα, τεύχεα, Il.6.480, 17.70;αἶγα λέοντε φ. 13.199
; δεῖπνον φ., of Harpies, A.Eu.51;ἐνέχυρα βίᾳ φ. Antipho 6.11
; in the phrase φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν (cf.ἄγω 1.3
), IG12.69.19; φέροντα ἢ ἄγοντα Lex ap.D.23.60;αἴ κα.. ἄγῃ ἢ φέρῃ Leg.Gort.5.37
;ἥρπαζον καὶ ἔφερον Lys.20.17
;κείρων ἢ φέρων IG12(9).90.10
(Tamynae, iv B. C.);αἴ τίς κα.. φέρει τι τῶν ἐν τᾷ ἱαρᾷ γᾷ Tab.Heracl.1.128
; of a divorced wife,αἰ δέ τι ἄλλο φέροι τῶ ἀνδρός, πέντε στατῆρανς καταστασεῖ κὤτι κα φέρῃ αὐτόν Leg.Gort.3.2
; φέρειν alone, rob, plunder, ;ἀλλήλους Th.1.7
; abs., SIG38.23 (Teos, v B. C.):—[voice] Pass.,φερόμενοι Βακχῶν ὕπο E.Ba. 759
:—[voice] Med. in same sense,ἔναρα Il.22.245
;πελέκεας οἶκόνδε φ. 23.856
;ἀτερπέα δαῖτα Od.10.124
, cf. 15.378.3 carry off, gain, esp. by toil or trouble, win, achieve, both [voice] Act. and [voice] Med.,ἤ κε φέρῃσι μέγα κράτος ἦ κε φεροίμην Il.18.308
;φέρειν τρίποδα Hes.Op. 657
; ; ; τἀριστεῖα, τὰ νικητήρια, Pl.R. 468c, Lg. 657e;πέρα.. οὐδὲν φ. S.OC 651
;ἐκ σοῦ πάντ' ἄνευ φόβου φ. Id.OT 590
; τίς.. πλέον τᾶς εὐδαιμονίας φέρει ἤ .. ; ib. 1190 (lyr.), cf. El. 1088 (lyr.); in bad sense,μείζω τὴν αἰσχύνην φ. Pl.Lg. 671e
: also, receive one's due,φ. χάριν S.OT 764
; ; μισθὸν φέρειν (v. supr. iv.5); of a priest's perquisites,φέρει ὁ ἱαρεὺς γέρη σκέλη κτλ. BMus.Inscr.968
A 9 ([place name] Cos), cf. IG12.24.10, al., SIG56.35 (Argos, v B. C.):—[voice] Med. (v. ad init.), win for oneself,κῦδος οἴσεσθαι Il.22.217
; δέπας, τεύχεα, carry off as a prize, 23.663, 809, al.; ἀέθλια or ἄεθλον φ. carry off, win a prize, 9.127, 23.413; τὰ πρῶτα φέρεσθαι (sc. ἄεθλα) 23.275, 538; ; of perquisites, τὸ.. σκέλος τοὶ ἱαρομνάμονες φερόσθω (i. e. φερούσθω from Φερόνσθω) IG42(1).40.13 (Epid., v/iv B. C.): henceοὐ τὰ δεύτερα Hdt.8.104
; πλέον φέρεσθαι get more or a larger share for onself, gain the advantage over any one, τινος Hdt.7.211, cf. S.OT 500 (lyr.), E.Hec. 308; ταῦτα ἐπὶ σμικρόν τι ἐφέροντο τοῦ πολέμου this they received as a small help towards the war, Hdt.4.129; ; ;χάριν φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῶν And.2.9
;φ. τὴν ἀπέχθειαν αὐτῶν Antipho 3.4.2
; ;εὐσέβειαν ἐκ πατρὸς οἴσῃ S.El. 969
;δάκρυ πρὸς τῶν κλυόντων A.Pr. 638
;ἀπό τινος βοσκάν Id.Eu. 266
(lyr.);ἐξ ἀνανδρίας τοὔνομα Aeschin.1.131
: generally, get for one's own use and profit, take and carry away, esp. to one's own home,τοῦ.. πάμπρωτα παρ' ἀγλαὰ δῶρα φέροιο Il.4.97
: hence φέρειν or φέρεσθαι is often used pleon., v. infr. xi.VII abs., of roads or ways, lead to a place,ὁδὸν φέρουσαν ἐς ἱρόν Hdt.2.122
, cf. 138; τὴν φέρουσαν ἄνω (sc. ὁδόν) Id.9.69;τῆς μὲν ἐς ἀριστερὴν ἐπὶ Καρίης φ., τῆς δὲ ἐς δεξιὴν ἐς Σάρδις Id.7.31
;ἐπὶ Σοῦσα X.An.3.5.15
; ;ἡ ἐς Θήβας φέρουσα ὁδός Th.3.24
(but ἡ ἐπ' Ἀθηνῶν φέρουσα ibid.); also ἡ θύρα ἡ εἰς τὸν κῆπον φ. the door leading to the garden, D.47.53; αἱ εἰς τὴν πόλιν φ. πύλαι, αἱ ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος φ. κλίμακες, X.HG7.2.7, cf. PMich.Zen.38.27 (iii B. C.), Plb.10.12.3.2 of a district or tract of country, stretch, extend to or towards, φέρειν ἐπί orἐς θάλασσαν Hdt.4.99
; ἐς τὴν μεσόγαιαν ib. 100;πρὸς νότον Id.7.201
; ἡ ἀπὸ δυσμῶν αὐτῆς (sc. τῆς Κιμβρικῆς)καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄλβιν φέρουσα Ptol.Geog.2.11.2
, cf. 3.3 metaph., lead to or towards, be conducive to,ἐς αἰσχύνην φέρει Hdt.1.10
;τὰ ἐς ἄκεσιν φέροντα Id.4.90
; ἐς βλάβην, ἐς φόβον φέρον, S.OT 517, 991; : esp. in good sense, tend, conduce to one's interest, ἐπ' ἀμφότερά τοι φέρει (impers.)ταῦτα ποιέειν Hdt.3
. 134; soτὰ πρὸς τὸ ὑγιαίνειν φέροντα X.Mem.4.2.31
;τροφαὶ μέγα φ. εἰς ἀρετάν E.IA 562
(lyr.); μέγα τι οἰόμεθα φέρειν (sc. κοινωνίαν γυναικῶν τε καὶ παίδων)εἰς πολιτείαν Pl.R. 449d
; τὰ καλὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα εἰς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν φ. ib. 444e, cf. X.Cyr.8.1.42; τοῦτο ἔφερεν αὐτῷ was for his good, M.Ant.5.8.b point to, refer to a thing,ἐς τί ὑμῖν ταῦτα φαίνεται φέρειν; Hdt.1.120
; φωνὴ φέρουσα πρός τινα addressed to him, Id.1.159; , cf. 6.19; [ὄψις] φέρει ἐπὶ πᾶσαν γῆν refers to.., extends over.., Id.7.19; τὰ ἴχνη τῆς ὑποψίας εἰς τοῦτον φ. point to him, Antipho 2.3.10;πρός τινας Pl.R. 538c
;ταύτῃ <ὁ> νόος ἔφερε Hdt.9.120
; ἡ τοῦ δήμου φέρει γνώμη, ὡς .., the people's opinion inclines to this, that.., Id.4.11;ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Th.1.79
: c. inf., τῶν ἡ γνώμη ἔφερε συμβάλλειν whose opinion inclined to giving battle, Hdt.6.110, cf. 5.118; πλέον ἔφερέ οἱ ἡ γνώμη κατεργάσεσθαι his opinion inclined rather to the view.., Hdt.8.100, cf. 3.77.VIII carry or have in the mouth, i. e. speak of,πολύν τινα ἐν ταῖς διαβολαῖς φέρειν Aeschin.3.223
; use a word,οὐκ οἶδα καθ' ὁποτέρου τούτων οἱ παλαιοὶ τὸ τῆς ζειᾶς ἔφερον ὄνομα Gal.Vict.Att.6
, cf. 7.644, 15.753, 876; record an event,οἱ δευτέρῳ μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον.. ἔτει φέροντες αὐτήν D.H.1.63
: more freq. in [voice] Pass., πονηρῶς, εὖ, φέρεσθαι, to be ill or well spoken of, X.HG1.5.17, 2.1.6;ἀτίμως ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φ. Pl.Ep. 328e
; abs., φέρεται [the report] is carried about, i.e. it is said, c. acc. et inf.,τοιόνδε φέρεται πρῆγμα γίνεσθαι Hdt.8.104
(v.l.); ἐν χρόνοις φέρεται μνημονευομένοις is recorded as occurring within historical times, Str.1.3.15;ὅτε καὶ Δημόκριτος φέρεται τελευτήσας Sor.Vit.Hippocr.11
;κρίνομεν.. τὰ γραφέντα ὑφ' ἡμῶν προστάγματα ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς νόμοις φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῖν OGI331.60
(Pergam., ii B. C.); are in use,Ptol.
Geog.7.4.11; of literary works, to be in circulation,ἐπιστόλιον αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτον φέρεται Plu.2.808a
, cf. 209e, 832d, 833c, al., Jul.Or.6.189b, Gp.2.35.8, Eun.VSp.456 B.; πρόλογοι διττοὶ φέρονται Arg.E.Rh.; ὁ στίχος οὗτος ἔν τισιν οὐ φέρεται Sch.E. Ph. 377, cf. Sch.Il.8.557.2 of words, φέρεσθαι ἐπί τι to refer to something, A.D.Pron.61.5, Synt.21.14, al.1 before another imper.,φέρε γὰρ σήμαινε A.Pr. 296
(anap.);φέρ' εἰπὲ δή μοι S.Ant. 534
;φ. δή μοι τόδε εἰπέ Pl.Cra. 385b
; soφέρετε.. πειρᾶσθε Hdt.4.127
.2 before [ per.] 1sg. or pl. of subj. used imperatively, φέρε ἀκούσω, φέρε στήσωμεν, Hdt.1.11,97;φ. δὲ νῦν.. φράσω Id.2.14
;φέρ' ἴδω, τί δ' ἥσθην; Ar.Ach.4
;φέρε δὴ κατίδω Id. Pax 361
, cf. 959; φ. δὴ ἴδωμεν, φ. δὴ σκεψώμεθα, Pl.Grg. 455a, Prt. 330b, cf. E.Or. 1281 (lyr.), Ph. 276, etc.: less freq. before 2 pers.,φέρε.. μάθῃς S.Ph. 300
.3 before a rhetorical question,φέρε.. τροπαῖα πῶς ἀναστήσεις; E.Ph. 571
;φ. δὴ νῦν.. τί γαμεῖθ' ἡμᾶς; Ar.Th. 788
(anap.), cf. Ach. 541, Pl.R. 348c; φ. μῶν οὐκ ἀνάγκη .. ; Id.Lg. 805d; φ. πρὸς θεῶν πῶς .. ; Id.Grg. 514d; freq. in phraseφέρε γάρ, φέρε τίς γὰρ οὗτος; Ar.Nu. 218
;φ. γὰρ πρὸς τίνας χρὴ πολεμεῖν; Isoc.4.183
, cf. Antipho 5.36; alsoφ. δή Pl.Grg. 455a
, al.: usu. first in a sentence, butτὴν ἀνδρείαν δὲ φ. τί θῶμεν; Id.Lg. 633c
, etc.5 φέρε c. inf., suppose, grant that..φ. λέγειν τινά Plu.2.98b
; φ. εἰπεῖν let us say, D.Chr.31.93, 163, Porph.Abst.3.3;οἷον φ. εἰ. Iamb. in Nic.p.47
P., al. ( οἷον φέρε alone, Hierocl. in CA11p.439M.).X part. neut. τὸ φέρον, as Subst., destiny, fate, τὸ φ. ἐκ θεοῦ [καλῶς] φέρειν [χρή] ye must bear nobly what heaven bears to you, awards you, S.OC 1693 (lyr., codd., sed secl. καλῶς, χρή); εἰ τὸ φερον σε φέρει, φέρε καὶ φέρου AP 10.73
(Pall.).2 part. φέρων in all genders freq. joined with another Verb:a to express a subsidiary action, φέρων ἔδωκε he brought and gave, Od.22.146; δὸς τῷ ξείνῳ ταῦτα φέρων take this and give it him, 17.345; ἔγχος ἔστησε φέρων brought the spear and placed it, 1.127; σῖτον παρέθηκε φέρουσα ib. 139, al., cf. S.Tr. 622;τοῦτο ἐλθὼν οἴκαδε φέρων τῷ πατρὶ ἔδωκα Pl.Hp.Ma. 282e
, cf. R. 345b; soὁ μὲν Ἐπίχαρμον.. εἰς δέκα τόμους φέρων συνήγαγεν Porph.Plot. 24
; ἑκάστῃ ἐννεάδι τὰ οἰκεῖα φέρων συνεφόρησα ibid., etc.; sts. translatable by with,ᾤχοντο φέροντες τὰ γράμματα Th.7.8
.b intr., in pass. sense, to denote unrestrained action,νῦν σε μάλ' οἴω.. φέροντα.. φιλητεύσειν h.Merc. 159
; φέρουσα ἐνέβαλε νηΐ φιλίῃ she went and rammed, rammed full tilt, Hdt.8.87; ὅταν ἐπὶ θάτερ' ὥσπερ εἰς τρυτάνην ἀργύριον προσενέγκῃς, οἴχεται φέρον down it sinks, D.5.12;τὰ μὲν ἄλλα μέρη τοῦ πολέμου παρῆκαν, φέροντες δὲ παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἀκράγαντα προσήρεισαν
hurling themselves,Plb.
1.17.8;εἰς τοῦτο φέρων περιέστησε τὰ πράγματα Aeschin.3.82
; ὑπέβαλεν ἑαυτὸν φέρων Θηβαίοις ib.90, cf. 1.175, 3.143,146; in the foll. passages φέρων accompanies a Verb of throwing, giving, entrusting, or dedicating, and expresses wholehearted action, whether wise or unwise; there is always an accus., freq. of the reflex. Pron., governed by the principal Verb (or perh. by φέρων): ἐπεὶ ἐς τοὺς κρατῆρας ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἐνέβαλον (sc. ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ) when I went (or took) and threw myself.., Luc.Icar.13, cf. Fug.1, Plu.Comp.Arist. Cat.1, Fab.6, Per.12, Paus.1.30.1, Ael.VH8.14, Frr.10,69, Philostr. VA3.4;τὴν κατασκευὴν.. φέρων ἐδωρήσατο τῇ μητρί D.S.31.27
, cf. Ach.Tat.1.7;σεαυτὸν.. φέρων ἀπημπόληκας Luc.Merc.Cond.24
;τί παθόντες.. τοῖς ἀτέκνοις τῶν γερόντων ἐσποιεῖτε φέροντες αὑτούς; Luc. DMort.6.3
, cf. Ind.19, Laps.22; ταύτῃ (sc. τῇ ὀργῇ)φέρων ὑπέθηκεν ἑαυτόν Plu.Them.24
, cf. Per.7; , cf. Luc.6, Pomp.27, Ael.VH6.1, Max.Tyr.1.2;προσέθετο φέρων ἑαυτὸν ἐκείνῳ Eun.VS p.456
B., cf.pp.461,465 B., Dam. ap. Suid. s.v. Σεβηριανός; ἀλλὰ σοὶ μὲν, ὦ θεῶν πάτερ, ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἀναθήσω Jul.Or.7.231b.3 ἔκκρισις.. ἐκ μικρῶν φέρουσα διαστημάτων occurring at short intervals, Sor.2.45.XI φέρειν, φέρεσθαι are freq. added epexegetically to δίδωμι and similar Verbs,δῶκεν.. τρίποδα φέρειν Il.23.513
, cf. 16.665, 17.131;τεύχεα.. δότω φέρεσθαι 11.798
, cf. Od.21.349, E.Tr. 419, 454(troch.).B [voice] Pass. is used in most of the above senses:—special cases:I to be borne or carried involuntarily, esp. to be borne along by waves or winds, to be swept away, φέρεσθαι ἀνέμοισι, θυέλλῃ, Od.9.82, 10.54, cf. A.Pers. 276 (lyr.), etc.; πᾶν δ' ἦμαρ φερόμην, of Hephaestus falling from Olympus, Il.1.592; ἧκε φέρεσθαι he sent him flying, 21.120; ἧκα πόδας καὶ χεῖρε φέρεσθαι I let go my hands and feet, let them swing free [in the leap], Od.12.442, cf. 19.468; μέγα φέρεται πὰρ σέθεν, of a word uttered, comes with weight, Pi.P.1.87;βίᾳ φέρεται Pl.Phdr. 254a
;πνεῦμα φερόμενον Id.R. 496d
;τὸ πνεῦμα κατὰ τὰς ἀναπνοὰς εἴσω τε καὶ ἔξω φέρεται Gal.16.520
;ῥεῖν καὶ φέρεσθαι Pl.Cra. 411c
;φ. εἰς τὸν Τάρταρον Id.Phd. 114b
; simply, move, go,ποῖ γᾶς φέρομαι; S.OT 1309
(anap.); , cf. E.Hec. 1076 (anap.), etc.; of the excreta,τὰ φερόμενα.. εἰ μὲν αὐτομάτως φέροιτο Philum.
ap. Aët.9.12;πρὸς κοιλίαν φερομένην Aët.4.19
: metaph.,εἰς τὸ λοιδορεῖν φέρῃ E.Andr. 729
;πρὸς τὴν τοῦ κάλλους φύσιν Pl.Phdr. 254b
, cf. X.Mem.2.1.4; ἐπὶ ταὐτὸ φέρονται have the same tendency, Phld.Vit.p.42 J.;ἀπὸ δογμάτων καὶ ἀπὸ θεωρημάτων φ. Vett.Val.238.30
; of veins, to be conveyed, Gal.15.531; also ἡ φερομένη οὐσία (the doctrine of) universal motion, Pl.Tht. 177c; οἱ φερόμενοι θεοί the moving gods, i. e. the stars and planets, Plot.2.3.9.2 freq. in part. with another Verb of motion, φερόμενοι ἐσέπιπτον ἐς τοὺς Αἰγινήτας they fell into their hands with a rush, at full speed, Hdt.8.91;ἀπὸ.. ἐλπίδος ᾠχόμην φερόμενος Pl.Phd. 98b
;ἧκε φερόμενος εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν Aeschin.3.89
.3 of voluntary and impulsive motion,ἰθὺς φέρεται μένει Il.20.172
; ὁμόσε τινὶ φέρεσθαι come to blows with him, X.Cyn.10.21;δρόμῳ φ. πρός τινα Id.HG4.8.37
;φυγῇ εἰς ἑαυτοὺς φ. Id.Cyr.1.4.23
;ἥξει ἐπ' ἐκεῖνον τὸν λόγον φερόμενος Lycurg.59
;φερόμενος ὑπ' ὀργῆς D.H.Comp.18
.II metaph., καλῶς, κακῶς φέρεσθαι, of things, schemes, etc., turn out, prosper well or ill, succeed or fail,οὔτ' ἂν.. νόμοι καλῶς φέροιντ' ἄν S.Aj. 1074
;κακῶς φ. τὰ ἑαυτοῦ X.HG3.4.25
;εὖ φέρεται ἡ γεωργία Id.Oec.5.17
; ὀλιγώρως ἔχειν καὶ ἐᾶν ταῦτα φέρεσθαι to neglect things and let them take their course, D.8.67; less freq. of persons, fare well or ill, εὖ φερόμενος ἐν στρατηγίαις being generally successful.., Th.5.16, cf. 15;καλῶς φερόμενος τὸ καθ' ἑαυτόν Id.2.60
;φ. ἐν προτιμήσει παρά τινι D.S.33.5
;χεῖρον φερομένη παρὰ τἀδελφῷ J.AJ16.7.6
; of euphonious writing,σύνθεσις καλῶς φερομένη Phld.Po.5.26
.2 behave, ὑποκριτικῶς, ἀστάτως, etc., Vett.Val.38.20, 197.8, al.C [voice] Med.: for its chief usages, v. supr. A. VI. 3. -
14 τρέπω
Aτρέψω 15.261
, etc.: [tense] aor. 1ἔτρεψα 18.469
, etc., [dialect] Ep.τρέψα 16.645
: besides [tense] aor. 1 Hom. has [tense] aor. 2 ἔτρᾰπον, Od.4.294, al., also Pi.O.10(11).15 (sts. also intr., v. περιτρέπω 11 and perh. Il.16.657, cf. 111 fin.): [dialect] Aeol. [tense] aor. ἔτροπον, v. ἀνατρέπω: [tense] pf. , Anaxandr.51, ([etym.] ἀνα-) S.Tr. 1009 (lyr.), And.1.131; laterτέτρᾰφα Din.1.108
, ([etym.] ἀνα-) ib.30, D.18.296 (cod. S), Aeschin.1.190, 3.158 (but cf. Wackernagel Studien zum griech. Perf.15);ἐπι-τέτραφα Plb.30.6.6
:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.τρέψομαι Hdt.1.97
, Hp.Prog.20, E. Hipp. 1066, etc.: [tense] aor.ἐτρεψάμην Od.1.422
, E.Heracl. 842: also [tense] aor. 2ἐτραπόμην Il.16.594
, Hdt.2.3, al. (used also in pass. sense, ([etym.] ἀν-) Il.6.64, 14.447, and once in [dialect] Att., ([etym.] ἀν-) Pl.Cra. 395d); imper. : [tense] pf. (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.τρᾰπήσομαι Plu.Nic.21
, etc.; alsoτετράψομαι Ph.1.220
, ([etym.] ἐπι-) Pisistr. ap. D.L.1.54: [tense] aor.ἐτρέφθην Hom. Epigr.14.7
, once in Trag., E.El. 1046 (v. ἐπιτρέπω); [dialect] Ion.τραφθῆναι Od.15.80
, cf. Hdt.4.12: [tense] aor. 2 ἐτράπην [pron. full] [ᾰ] A.Pers. 1029 (lyr.), Ar.Ec. 416, etc.; ἐτρέπην ([etym.] ἐν-) UPZ5.24 (ii B. C.): [tense] pf. ; [ per.] 3pl.τετράφαται Thgn.42
, cf. Il.2.25 ([etym.] ἐπι-); [ per.] 3sg. imper.τετράφθω 12.273
; part.τετραμμένος 19.212
, etc.: [tense] plpf., [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.τέτραπτο Od.4.260
; [ per.] 3pl.τετράφατο Il.10.189
.—From the [tense] aor. 2 has been formed the [tense] pres. ἐπιτρᾰπέουσι, ib. 421; cf. τραπητέον.—The [dialect] Ion. forms used by Hdt. are [tense] pres. [voice] Pass.τράπονται 6.33
, al.; [ per.] 3sg. [tense] impf.τρέπεσκε 4.128
; [tense] aor. [voice] Pass.τραφθείς 9.56
; but [tense] fut. ἐπιτράψομαι is f. l. in 3.155, and in the [tense] pres. [voice] Act. and [voice] Pass. codd. vary (both forms in codd. of 2.92 ([voice] Act.),τρέπεται 1.117
,τράπεται 4.60
):—[dialect] Dor. forms, [full] τράπω EM114.19; [tense] fut. ([place name] Crete):— turn or direct towards a thing, Hom., etc.; mostly folld. by a Prep.,τ. [φύσας] ἐς πῦρ Il.18.469
;ἐς ποταμὸν φλόγα 21.349
; εἰς εὐνὴν τράπεθ' ἥμεας show us to bed, Od.4.294 (perh. with a punning reference to ταρπώμεθα in next line); (as though τραπείομεν in Il.3.441 belonged to τρέπω and not to τέρπω; unless there is a pause after λέκτρονδε); θυμὸν εἰς ἔργον τ. Hes.Op. 316
;εἰς ἐχθροὺς βέλος A.Th. 255
;πόλεις ἐς ὕβριν Th.3.39
;τὸν ἄνθρωπον.. εἰς ἀθυμίαν D.23.194
;πρὸς ἠέλιον κεφαλήν Od.13.29
;πρὸς ὄρος πίονα μῆλα 9.315
;πρὸς εὐφροσύναν ἦτορ Pi.I.3.10
;τὰς γνώμας πρὸς χρηματισμόν Pl.Ep. 355b
; alsoἐπ' ἐμπορίην θυμόν Hes.Op. 646
, cf. Pl. Phdr. 257b, R. 508c;δᾶμον ἐς ἡσυχίαν Pi.P.1.70
;ἐπ' ἐχθροῖς χεῖρα S.Aj. 772
;κατὰ πληθὺν τ. θυμόν Il.5.676
;ἀντίον Ζεφύρου πρόσωπον Hes.Op. 594
: with Advbs.,πάντων ὁμόσε στόματ' ἔτραπε Il.12.24
;οὐκ οἶδ' ὅποι χρὴ.. τ. ἔπος S.Ph. 897
;ἐνταῦθα σὴν φρένα E.IT 1322
; τὴνδιάνοιαν ἄλλοσε Pl.R. 393a
;ἐκεῖσε τ. τὰς ἡδονάς Id.Lg. 643c
;ἐπὶ τὴν θεραπείαν τὸν λόγον Sor.2.23
: c. inf., σέ.. ἔτραπε.. ὀργὰ παρφάμεν led thee to speak crookedly, Pi.P.9.43:—also in [voice] Med.,τραπέσθαι τινὰ ἐπί τι Pl.Euthd. 303c
, cf. Chrm. 156c:—[voice] Pass.,κεῖται ἀνὰ πρόθυρον τετραμμένος Il.19.212
.2 [voice] Pass. and [voice] Med., turn one's steps, turn in a certain direction,τραφθῆναι ἀν' Ἑλλάδα Od.15.80
;τραφθέντες ἐς τὸ πεδίον Hdt. 9.56
;ἐς Θήβας ἐτραπόμην Id.2.3
; ἐπὶ Προκόννησον, ἐπ' Ἀθηνέων, Id 6.33, 5.57: with Advbs., ἀμηχανεῖν ὅποι τράποιντο which way to turn, A. Pers. 459;ἀμηχανῶ.. ὅπᾳ τράπωμαι Id.Ag. 1532
(lyr.);πᾷ τις τράποιτ' ἄν; Id.Ch. 409
(lyr.);ποῖ τρέψομαι; E.Hipp. 1066
, cf. X.An.3.5.13;ποῖ χρὴ τραπέσθαι; Lys.29.2
: c. acc. cogn., τραπέσθαι ὁδόν take a course, Hdt.1.11, cf. 9.69, Pl.Sph. 242b;πολλὰς ὁδοὺς τραπόμενοι κατὰ ὄρη Th.5.10
; .3 in [voice] Pass. and [voice] Med. also, turn or betake oneself, εἰς ὀρχηστύν, εἰς ἀοιδήν, Od.1.422, 18.305;ἐπὶ ἔργα Il.3.422
, etc.; ἐπ' ἀναιδείην Hom Epigr.14.7;ἐπὶ σωφροσύνην Thgn.379
;ἐπὶ ψευδέα ὁδόν Hdt.1.117
;ἐπὶ φροντίδας E.IA 646
;ἐφ' ἁρπαγήν Th.4.104
;ἐπ' εἰρήνην X.HG4.4.2
;ἐς τὸ μαίνεσθαι S.OC 1537
;ἐς ἀλκήν Th.2.84
;εἰς ἁρπαγὴν ἐπὶ τὰς οἰκίας X.HG6.5.30
;κατὰ θέαν τετραμμένοι Th.5.9
;πρὸς ἀλκήν Hdt.3.78
;πρὸς τὸ κέρδιον τραπείς S.Aj. 743
;πρὸς λῃστείαν Th.1.5
;πρὸς ἄριστον τετρ. Hdt.1.63
;πρὸς τὸν πότον Pl.Smp. 176a
, etc.; also τ. πρός τινα betake oneself, have recourse to him, Cratin.152, X.An.4.5.30, Pl.Prt. 339e;ἐφ' ἱκετείαν τ. τῶν διωκόντων Id.Ap. 39a
.4 [voice] Pass. and [voice] Med., of places, to be turned or look in a certain direction,πρὸς ζόφον Od. 12.81
; πρὸς ἄρκτον, πρὸς νότον, etc., Hdt. 1.148, Th.2.15, etc.; alsoπρὸς τοῦ Τμώλου Hdt.1.84
; ἄντ' ἠελίου τετρ. straight towards, Hes. Op. 727.II turn, i. e. turn round or about, πάλιν τρέπειν turn back,ἵππους Il.8.432
; τινα ib. 399; ὄσσε, δόρυ, 21.415, 20.439; τὰ καλὰ τ. ἔξω turn the best side outmost, show the best side (of a garment), Pi.P.3.83:—[voice] Pass.,πάλιν ἐτράπετ' Il.21.468
;μή τις ὀπίσσω τετράφθω 12.273
; c. gen., turn from..,υἷος 18.138
; ἐτράπετ' αἰχμή the point bent back, like ἀνεγνάμφθη, 11.237; of the sun having passed the meridian,πόστην ἥλιος τέτραπται; Ar.Fr. 163
, cf. Antig. Mir.60; also of the solstice, ἐπειδὰν ἐν χειμῶνι τράπηται [ὁ ἥλιος] (v.τροπή 1
) X.Mem.4.3.8, cf. Pl.Lg. 915d;τραπείσης τῆς ὥρας Arist. HA 628b26
:—intr. in [voice] Act., περὶ δ' ἔτραπον ὧραι, v. περιτρέπω 11.2 τ. τι εἴς τινα turn upon another's head, τ. τὴν αἰτίαν, τὴν ὀργὴν εἴς τινα, Is.8.41, D.8.57; freq. in imprecations, ἐς κεφαλὴν τράποιτ' ἐμοί on my head be it! Ar.Ach. 833, cf. Hdt.2.39; εἰς σεαυτὸν τρεπέσθω on your head be it! IG4.444 ([place name] Phlius);ἦ κἀπ' ἐμοὶ τρέποιτ' ἂν αἰτίας τέλος; A.Eu. 434
; keep your ills to yourself,Ar.
Ach. 1019, Nu. 1263;πρὸς ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς τρέψεσθε Lys.8.19
.3 alter, change,φρένας Il.6.61
;τὰς γνώμας X.An.3.1.41
; [τὸ χρῶμα] Sor.1.35; [ τὸ γάλα] ib.92;ἔτραπεν κεῖνον μισθῷ χρυσός Pi.P.3.55
; deceive, Archil.166;ἐς κακὸν τ. τινά Pi.P.3.35
; (troch.); , cf. Hdt.7.105, etc.: [voice] Med., πρὸς τὰς ξυμφορὰς τὰς γνώμας τρέπεσθαι shift their views, Th.1.140, cf. Plu. 2.71e, etc.:—[voice] Pass., to be changed,τρέπεται χρώς Il.13.279
, cf. Od. 21.413, Hes.Op. 416; τὴν χρόαν τρέπεσθαι, of animals, Plu.2.51d; τῷ χρώματι τρεπομένας, of women, Sor.1.35 (so abs., of a man, Id.Vit.Hippocr.5);ὁ οὕτω τρεπόμενος σφυγμός Gal.18(2).40
;τρέπεται νόος Od.3.147
;νόος ἐτράπετ' 7.263
;Διὸς ἐτράπετο φρήν Il.10.45
;τράπομαι καὶ τὴν γνώμην μετατίθεμαι Hdt.7.18
; ὁρῶν αὐτοὺς τετραμμένους seeing that they had changed their minds, Id.9.34, cf. Th.4.106;ἐπὶ τὰ βελτίω τρέπου Ar.V. 986
: c. inf.,κραδίη τέτραπτο νέεσθαι Od.4.260
;ἐτράποντο.. τῷ δήμῳ.. τὰ πράγματα ἐνδιδόναι Th. 2.65
: c. acc. cogn.,πλείους τραπόμενος τροπὰς τοῦ Εὐρίπου Aeschin. 3.90
; οἶνος τρέπεται the wine turns, becomes sour (v. τροπίας), S.E. P.1.41;ἡ ξανθὴ χολὴ.. εἰς τὸν ἰώδη τρέπεται χυμόν Gal.16.534
; ἡ ἀδελφὴ ἐπὶ τὸ κομψότερον ἐτράπη has taken a turn for the better, POxy.935.5 (iii A. D.); ἐπὶ τὸ ῥᾷον ἔδοξεν τετράφθαι ib.939.17 (iv A. D.); τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν εἰς ἄπορον τραπέντος having become destitute, PMeyer 8.14 (ii A. D.):—intr. in [voice] Act.,τοῦ ἄρχοντος τρέποντος εἰς δεσπότην Ph.2.562
.III turn or put to flight, rout, defeat,τρέψω δ' ἥρωας Ἀχαιούς Il.15.261
;ἔτρεψε φάλαγγας Tyrt.12.21
, cf. Pi.O.10 (11).15, Hdt.1.63, 4.128, Th.1.62, 4.25,33, etc.; in full,φύγαδε τ. Il.8.157
;εἰς φυγὴν ἔτρεψε τοὺς ἑξακισχιλίους X.An.1.8.24
;τρέψαι καὶ ἐς φυγὴν καταστῆσαι Th.7.43
(but they fled,E.
Supp. 718):—[voice] Med., [tense] pres., X.An.5.4.16, J.AJ13.2.4, Plu.Cam.29: [tense] fut., Ar.Eq. 275 (troch.): [tense] aor. 1, E.Heracl. 842, X.An.6.1.13:—[voice] Pass., to be put to flight, [tense] aor. 2 (lyr.), X.Cyr.5.4.7 (v.l. ἐτράποντο), etc.: also [tense] aor. 1ἐτρέφθην Id.An.5.4.23
, HG3.4.14, Cyn.12.5: [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Med.ἐτραπόμην Hdt.1.80
, 9.63, etc.;ἐς φυγὴν τραπέσθαι Id.8.91
, Th.8.95;τραπόμενοι κατέφυγον Id.4
54;φυγῇ ἄλλος ἄλλῃ ἐτράπετο X.An.4.8.19
;ἐτράποντο φεύγειν Plu.Lys. 28
, Caes.45: rarely in [tense] pf. [voice] Pass.,τετραμμένου φυγᾷ γένους A.Th. 952
(lyr.):—also intr. in [voice] Act.,φύγαδ' ἔτραπε Il.16.657
(unless it governs δίφρον).IV turn away, keep off, ;τ. τινὰ ἀπὸ τείχεος 22.16
;ἑκάς τινος Od.17.73
([voice] Med.);τῇ.. νόον ἔτραπεν 19.479
: abs.,ἀλλὰ Ζεὺς ἔτρεψε Il.4.381
; of weapons,βέλος.. ἔτραπεν ἄλλῃ 5.187
;ἀπὸ ἔγχεος ὁρμὴν ἔτραπε Hes. Sc. 456
.VI turn, apply,τ. τι ἐς ἄλλο τι Hdt.2.92
; τὰς ἐμβάδας ποῖ τέτροφας; what have you done with your shoes? Ar.Nu. 858;τὸν μόναυλον ποῖ τέτροφας; Anaxandr. 51
:—[voice] Pass.,ποῖ τρέπεται.. τὰ χρήματα; Ar.V. 665
(anap.). -
15 γιγνώσκω
γιγνώσκω, erkennen, kennen; mit Reduplication von der Wurzel ΓΝΟ, von der auch νόος, entstanden aus ΓΝΏΟΣ, vgl. nosco, in compos. gnosco, cognosco, agnosco, dignosco; Sp. γῑνώσκω, als var. lect. auch im Hom., vielleicht sogar überall als Lesart Aristarchs, s. z. B. Scholl. Aristonic. Iliad. 15, 241; fut. γνώσομαι; aor. ἔγνων, γνῶναι, γνούς; ἔγνων = ἔγνωσαν Pind. P. 9, 82 I. 2, 23; vgl. ἐπιγνώῃ; pf. ἔγνωκα, ἔγνωσμαι; aor. p. ἐγνώσϑην; – 1) kennen lernen, erkennen, wahrnehmen, nach Plat. Theaet. 209 e = ἐπιστήμην λαβεῖν; Ggstz δοξάζω Rep. V, 476 d. Von Hom. an überall; absolut, γιγνώσκω, φρονέω· τά γε δὴ νοέοντι κελεύεις, ich verstehe, ich begreife, Odyss. 16, 136. 17, 193. 281; mit accus., εὖ νύ τις αὐτὸν γνώσεται, er wird ihn (zu seinem Schaden) kennen lernen, Il. 18, 270; vgl. Theocr. 3, 15; τοὺς αἰτίους Plat. Phaed. 116 c; τὴν φωνήν, erkennen, Prot. 3100; οἵους αὐτούς, für was für Leute ihr sie ansehen, erkennen werdet, Xen. An. 1, 7, 4; τινός, Odyss. 23, 109 ἦ μάλα νῶι γνωσόμεϑ' ἀλλήλων καὶ λώιον; 21, 36 οὐδὲ τραπέζῃ γνώτην ἀλλήλων; Iliad. 4, 357 ὡς γνῶ χωομένοιο, als er bemerkte, daß der Andere zürnte, s. Scholl. Aristonic. u. vgl. Sengebusch Ariston. p. 6 sq.; vgl. Xen. Oec. 16, 3; ἐμοῦ ποιοῦντος Cyr. 7, 2, 18. Gew. folgt ὅτι, auch ὡς, Od. 21, 209; εἰ Il. 21, 266; ἔγνω τὸνἩσίοδον ὅτι ἦν σοφός Plat. Rep. V, 466 c; c. partic., ἔγνων μιν ἐσάντα ἰδὼν οἰωνὸν ἐόντα Od. 15, 532; γνόντες οὐδεμίαν σφίσι τιμωρίαν οὖσαν, daß sie keine Hülfe bekämen, Thuc. 1, 25; Xen. Hell. 3, 1, 9; ἔγνων ἡττημένος, ich merkte, daß ich besiegt sei, Ar. Equ. 658; γιγνώσκω ἀπιστούμενος Xen. Cyr. 7, 2, 17. – S. v. a. wiedererkennen, ἀναγνωρίζειν, Hom. Iliad. 15, 241 νέον δ' ἐσαγείρετο ϑυμόν, ἀμφὶ ἓγιγνώσκων ἑτάρους, s. Scholl. Aristonic. – 2) Uebh. wissen, einsehen, πᾶς ὁ γιγνώσκων, jeder Kluge, Plat. Rep. I, 347 d, wie Sp. auch χάριν γιγνώσκειν für εἰδέναι sagen. – 3) meinen, urtheilen, εἴ τις οἴεται – οὐκ ὀρϑῶς ἔγνωκεν Dem. 4, 29; ἐγνώκασι, τὸν ϑάνατον πᾶσι κοινὸν εἶναι Xen. An. 3, 1, 43; vgl. Cyr. 2, 2, 23; ὀρϑῶς περί τινος Thuc. 2, 22; Isocr. 4, 139 u. sonst; von richterlicher Entscheidung, erkennen, Her. 6, 85; τὰ δίκαια Dem. 19, 240; ἡ παρανόμως γνωσϑεῖσα δίαιτα, widerrechtlich gefälltes Erkenntniß der Schiedsrichter, Dem. 33, 33; κρίσις ἐγνωσμένη ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχϑρῶν Isocr. 6, 30; bei Aesch. Suppl. 7 = verurtheilen; auch von den Beschlüssen des Raths u. der Gesetzgeber, χαλεπόν τι γ. περί τινος, hart gegen jem. verfahren, Dion. Hal. 54, 7; übh. beschließen, bestimmen, c. acc. u. inf., Her. 1, 74; vgl. Aesch. Spt. 632 σὺ δ' αὐτὸς γνῶϑι τίνα πέμπειν δοκεῖς; ἐγνωσμένον ἐστί, es ist beschlossen, Luc. Nigr. 3. – 4) erkennen, vom Bei schlaf, Callim. ep. 58, 3; Plut. Alex. 21 u. öfter; N. T., z. B. Matth. 1, 25 u. a. Sp., bes. K. S. – 5) Pind. braucht factitiv γνώσομαι Κόρινϑον, ich will bekannt machen, preisen, Ol. 13, 3, wie man auch 6, 89 erkl.: πρῶτον μὲν Ἥραν κελαδῆσαι γνῶναί τ' ἔπειτα – εἰ φεύγομεν.
-
16 τε
τε, enclitic Particle, with two main uses (v. infr. A, B).A as a Conjunction,I τε.. τε, both.. and, joining single words, phrases, clauses, or sentences, the first τε merely pointing forward to the second,ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
;ἀγαθῶν τε κακῶν τε Hes.Op. 669
;δίψῃ τε λιμῷ τε A.Pers. 491
, cf. S.Aj.34,35, Ar.Ach. 370, 375;τήν τε νῆσον τήν τε ἤπειρον Th.4.8
, cf. Antipho 2.3.3, Pl. R. 373b;λυσόμενός τε θύγατρα, φέρων τ' ἀπερείσι' ἄποινα Il.1.13
; παῖδά τε σοὶ ἀγέμεν Φοίβῳ θ' ἱερὴν ἑκατόμβην ῥέξαι ib. 443; the elements joined by τε.. τε are usu. short in Hom., longer in later Gr., e.g.ἐπειδὴ πρόξενοί τέ εἰσιν Ἀθηναίων καὶ εὐεργέται.., ἔν τε τῇ στήλῃ γέγραπται IG12.103.7
;ἥ τε γὰρ γῆ.. εὔυδρός ἐστι, ποταμοί τε δι' αὐτῆς ῥέουσι Hdt.4.47
; χρὴ.. τούς τε πρεσβυτέρους ὁμοιωθῆναι τοῖς πρὶν ἔργοις, τούς τε νεωτέρους.. μὴ αἰσχῦναι κτλ. Th.4.92, cf. Pl.R. 474c, X.Cyr.1.4.25, Is.1.50; τά τε γὰρ ληφθέντα πάντ' ἂν σῴζοιτο οἵ τ' ἀδικήσαντες κατ' ἀξίαν λάβοιεν τὰ ἐπιτίμια Aen. Tact.16.8, cf. Gp.2.49.1, 12.3.2-3;τούτου γὰρ γενομένου.. τά τε ἐχφόρια Χρυσέρμῳ δυνήσομαι ἀποδοῦναι, ἐγώ τε ἔσομαι παρὰ σοῦ φιλανθρωπίας τετευχώς PEnteux.60.11
(iii B.C.);κλείειν τε τὰ βλέφαρα δεομένων ἐλπιζόντων τε κοιμηθήσεσθαι Gal.16.494
, cf. 495,501; this use is common at all times in οὔτε.. οὔτε, μήτε.. μήτε, εἴτε.. εἴτε (qq.v.); τε may be used three or more times,ἔν τ' ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρί, ἔπος τ' ἔφατ' ἔκ τ' ὀνόμαζεν Od.15.530
, cf. Il.1.177, 2.58, A.Pr. 89sq., B.17.19sq., Lys. 19.17, X.Cyr.3.3.36:— ἑνδεκάτη τε δυωδεκάτη τε prob. means the eleventh or twelfth, Od.2.374, 4.588:—sts. τε.. τε couples alternatives, , cf. Heracl. 153, El. 391; hence we find τε.. ἢ.., Pl.Tht. 143c, Ion 535d; on ἢ (or ἦ) .. τε in Il.2.289 and A.Eu. 524 (lyr.) v. ἦ 1.3.2 the first clause may be negative, the second affirmative, asἐκκλησίαν τε οὐκ ἐποίει.., τήν τε πόλιν ἐφύλασσε Th.2.22
; but οὔτε.. τε is more freq., asοὔτε ποσίν εἰμι ταχύς.., γιγνώσκω τε X.Cyr.2.3.6
(v.οὔτε 11.4
); we also find οὐ.. τε.. , asοὐχ ἡσύχαζον.., παρεκάλουν τε τοὺς ξυμμάχους Th.1.67
; and μὴ.. τε.. , as ἵνα μή τι διαφύγῃ ἡμᾶς, εἴ τέ τι βούλει κτλ. Pl.Phd. 95e.a τε.. δὲ.. , asκόμισαί τέ με, δὸς δέ μοι ἵππους Il.5.359
, cf. 7.418, S.OC 367, Tr. 285, E.Ph. 1625;ἐσθὰς ἀμφότερόν νιν ἔχεν, ἅ τε.. ἐπιχώριος.., ἀμφὶ δὲ παρδαλέᾳ στέγετο Pi.P.4.80
;διήκουέ τε.., ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐπῄνεσε X.Cyr.4.4.3
; so with ἅμα δὲ καὶ.., ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ.., Th.1.25, Pl.Smp. 186e:—so τε.., ἀτὰρ οὖν καὶ.., Id.Hp.Ma. 295e.bμὲν.. τε.., ἄνδρα μὲν.., τρεῖς τε κασιγνήτους Il.19.291
-3, cf. Od.22.475-6, Pi.O.6.88, 7.88, A.Th. 924, Ch. 585 (lyr.), S.Ant. 963 (lyr.), E.Heracl. 337 codd., Cyc.41 (lyr.), Ar.Nu. 563(lyr.), Pl.Phdr. 266c, Lg. 927b: v. μέν A. 11.6c.4 a single τε ( and) joins a word, phrase, or (esp. later) clause or sentence to what precedes,τελευτὴν κεφαλήν τε Pl.Ti. 69a
; θνητὰ ἀθάνατά τε ib.c;Ζεῦ ἄλλοι τε θεοί Il.6.476
; ; ῥίγησέν τ' ἂρ ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν Ἀγαμέμνων v.l. for δ' ἂρ in 11.254; ἕν τε οὐδὲν κατέστη ἴαμα.., σῶμά τε αὔταρκες ὂν οὐδὲν διεφάνη.., Th.2.51; τά τε ἱερὰ.. νεκρῶν πλέα ἦν.. ib.52; νόμοι τε πάντες ξυνεταράχθησαν ibid.; , cf. 253, 262, al.;εἴς τε τὰς ἄλλας.. ἀθροίζεσθαι Aen.Tact.3.5
; τῶν τε ἀρχόντων.. ib.6, cf. 10.8, al.;ὅ τε γραφεὶς κύκλος.. Archim.Spir.11
Def.7;πρός τε τούτοις φησὶν.. PEnteux.63.18
(iii B.C.);χωρίς τε τούτων Plb.2.56.13
, 61.1, 3.17.7;ταῦτά τ' ἐγίνετο.. Id.2.43.6
, cf. 3.70.4;ἀπαιτούμενός τε ὑπ' ἐμοῦ τὰ ἔρια οὐκ ἀποδίδωσί PEnteux.2.6
, cf. 8.4, al. (iii B.C.); γράψαι Ἀγαθοκλεῖ τῷ ἐπιστάτῃ διασαφῆσαί τε αὐτῷ ib.81.21 (iii B.C.);καθόλου τε.. Arr.Epict.1.19.13
, cf. 2.2.17; , cf. 24, al.;ὄξει βαφικῷ στυπτηρίᾳ τε PHolm. 1.4
, cf. Gem.16.6;χρὴ.. λαχάνων ἅπτεσθαι, κοιλίαν τε λύειν Gp.1.12.19
, cf. 2.2.2, al.; this τε may be used any number of times, Od.4.149- 150, 14.75, 158-9, Men.Pk.15,16,20, Hipparch.1.9.8, Act.Ap.2.43,46, 4.13, 14, al.II τε.. καὶ.. , or τε καὶ.. , both.. and.., where τε points forward to καί, and usu. need not be translated, e.g. ; εἰ δὴ ὁμοῦ πόλεμός τε δαμᾷ καὶ λοιμὸς Ἀχαιούς ib.61; δειλός τε καὶ οὐτιδανὸς καλεοίμην ib. 293;ζωόν τε καὶ ἀρτεμέα 7.308
, cf. 327, 338, al.;τῆς τε γῆς ἐούσης ἐπιτηδέης καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν ἐόντων σφι συμμάχων Hdt.4.47
;βούλεταί τε καὶ ἐπίσταται Th.2.35
;ὁ φύς τε καὶ τραφείς Pl.R. 396c
;βάσιν τε γὰρ πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχουσι τὴν ΖΒ καὶ.. Euc.1.47
; sts. the elements joined by τε.. καὶ.. are joined in order to be compared or contrasted rather than simply joined, ; ; ; ἐπαύσατό τε ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ τὸ κῦμα ἔστρωτο ib. 193;ταὐτὰ.. νῦν τε καὶ τότε Ar.Av. 24
; ; ; sts. (like τε.. τε) even used of alternatives,διάνδιχα μερμήριξεν, ἵππους τε στρέψαι καὶ ἐναντίβιον μαχέσασθαι Il.8.168
;ἐν δίκᾳ τε καὶ παρὰ δίκαν Pi.O.2.16
;θεοῦ τε.. θέλοντος καὶ μὴ θέλοντος A.Th. 427
;πείσας τε.. καὶ μὴ τυχών Th.3.42
:—on οἵ τε ἄλλοι καὶ.. , e.g.τοῖς τε ἄλλοις ἅπασι καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις Isoc.12.249
, and ἄλλως τε καὶ.. , v. ἄλλος 11.6,ἄλλως 1.3
.2 in this sense τ' ἠδέ is only [dialect] Ep.,σκῆπτρόν τ' ἠδὲ θέμιστας Il.9.99
, cf. 1.400, al.; alsoτε.., ἰδέ, χαλκόν τε ἰδὲ λόφον 6.469
, cf. 8.162.3 καὶ.. τε, both.. and.., is occasionally found, as καὶ μητέρα πατέρα τ' E.Alc. 646.b καὶ.. τε perh. means and.. also inκαὶ ναυτικῷ τε ἅμα Th.1.9
;καὶ πρός τε τοὺς Ῥηγίνους Id.6.44
;καὶ αὐτός τε Id.8.68
; v. infr. c. 10.4 τε.. τε or τε.. καὶ.. sts. join elements which are not syntactically parallel, esp. a part. and a finite verb, ἰοῖσίν τε τιτυσκόμενοι λάεσσί τ' ἔβαλλον (for βάλλοντες) Il.3.80; ; ;τῆς τε ὥρας.. ταύτης οὔσης.., καὶ τὸ χωρίον.. χαλεπὸν ἦν Id.7.47
, cf. 4.85, 8.81, 95.5 the copulative τε becomes rare in later Gr.; it is found about 340 times in LXX, mostly in the Pentateuch and 1-4 Ma., only 3 times in Ps.; in the NT it is found about 150 times in Act.Ap., 20 times in Ep.Hebr., and very rarely in the other books.B In [dialect] Ep. (more rarely in other dactylic verse, v. infr. 11) τε stands in general or frequentative statements or in statements of what is well known; such statements are freq. made as justifications of a preceding particular statement or of a preceding exhortation to a particular person or persons; the sense of τε thus approaches that of τοι (cf. τοι and τε in Od.2.276-7, and cf. Il.13.115 with 15.203); although associated with numerous particles and other words of particular types (v. infr.) its meaning remains independent of these and applies to the whole sentence in which it stands: ; ;θεοὶ δέ τε πάντα ἴσασιν 4.379
, cf. 5.79, 447, 10.306, 17.485, Il.9.497, 16.688, 17.176, 21.264; , cf. Od.11.537, Il.24.526;ἤ τ' ἔβλητ' ἤ τ' ἔβαλ' ἄλλον 11.410
;οὐ μὲν γάρ τε κακὸν βασιλευέμεν Od.1.392
;οἳ φύλλοισιν ἐοικότες ἄλλοτε μέν τε ζαφλεγέες τελέθουσιν.. ἄλλοτε δὲ.. Il.21.464
; , cf. 8.169, 170, 15.400; τοῦ γάρ τε ξεῖνος μιμνήσκεται ἤματα πάντα, ἀνδρὸς ξεινοδόκου, ὅς κεν φιλότητα παράσχῃ ib.54, cf. 17.322;ῥεχθὲν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Il.17.32
;παθὼν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Hes.Op. 218
;αἰεὶ γάρ τε νεώτεροι ἀφραδέουσιν Od. 7.294
; δύσζηλοι γάρ τ' εἰμὲν ἐπὶ χθονὶ φῦλ' ἀνθρώπων ib. 307;τοῦ δέ τε πολλοὶ ἐπαυρίσκοντ' ἄνθρωποι, καί τε πολέας ἐσάωσε Il.13.733
-4; τοῦ μὲν γάρ τε κακοῦ τρέπεται χρὼς ἄλλυδις ἄλλῃ, ἐν δέ τέ οἱ κραδίη στέρνοισι πατάσσει.., πάταγος δέ τε γίγνετ' ὀδόντων ib. 279-83; ;νέῳ δέ τε πάντ' ἐπέοικεν.. κεῖσθαι 22.71
;κατέλεξεν ἅπαντα κήδε' ὅσ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλει, τῶν ἄστυ ἁλώῃ· ἄνδρας μὲν κτείνουσι, πόλιν δέ τε πῦρ ἀμαθύνει, τέκνα δέ τ' ἄλλοι ἄγουσι, βαθυζώνους τε γυναῖκας 9.592
-4, cf. 22.492, 495, 499;νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδέν· καὶ γάρ τίς τ' ἀλλοῖον ὀδύρεται ἄνδρ' ὀλέσασα.. ἢ Ὀδυσῆ' Od.19.265
;σχέτλιε, καὶ μέν τίς τε χερείονι πείθεθ' ἑταίρῳ.., αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ θεός εἰμι 20.45
, cf. 23.118, Il.2.292, 9.632; νῦν δὲ μνησώμεθα δόρπου· καὶ γάρ τ' ἠΰκομος Νιόβη ἐμνήσατο σίτου κτλ. 24.602 (where a general inference is implied);ὃν Βριάρεων καλέουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δέ τε πάντες Αἰγαίων' 1.403
, cf. 2.814, 5.306, 10.258, 14.290; sts. of repeated action by particular persons,ἄλλοτε μέν τε γόῳ φρένα τέρπομαι Od.4.102
;οὐ μὰ γὰρ Ἀπόλλωνα Διὶ φίλον, ᾧ τε σύ, Κάλχαν, εὐχόμενος.. θεοπροπίας ἀναφαίνεις Il.1.86
; ἡ δὲ.. μ' αἰεὶ.. νεικεῖ, καί τέ μέ φησι μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν ἀρήγειν ib. 521;μήτηρ γάρ τέ μέ φησι θεά, Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα, διχθαδίας κῆρας φερέμεν θανάτοιο τέλοσδε 9.410
.2 in exhortations addressed to an individual, a subsidiary sentence or relative clause in which he is reminded of his special or characteristic sphere of activity is marked by τε, e.g.Ἑρμεία, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε φίλτατόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ ἑταιρίσσαι καί τ' ἔκλυες ᾧ κ' ἐθέλῃσθα, βάσκ' ἴθι.. Il.24.334
;Ἀτρεΐδη, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε λαὸς Ἀχαιῶν πείσονται μύθοισι.., νῦν δ' ἀπὸ πυρκαϊῆς σκέδασον.. 23.156
;δεῦρο δὴ ὄρσο, γρηῢ.., ἥ τε γυναικῶν δμῳάων σκοπός ἐσσι.., ἔρχεο Od. 22.395
, cf. Il.17.249.3 similarly in general and frequentative statements consisting of two clauses (one of which may be a relative clause, freq. containing the subj. or opt.), in which the fulfilment of the condition stated in the subsidiary or subordinate clause is declared to be generally or always followed by the result stated in the principal clause, either or both clauses may contain τε:a the principal clause alone contains τε, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται, μάλα τ' ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218
;ὃς δ' ἂν ἀμύμων αὐτὸς ἔῃ καὶ ἀμύμονα εἰδῇ, τοῦ μέν τε κλέος εὐρὺ διὰ ξεῖνοι φορέουσι πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους, πολλοί τέ μιν ἐσθλὸν ἔειπον Od.19.333
;εἴ περ γὰρ θυμῷ γε μενοινάᾳ πολεμίζειν, ἀλλά τε λάθρῃ γυῖα βαρύνεται.., βλάβεται δέ τε γούνατ' ἰόντι Il.19.165
-6;ᾧ μέν κ' ἀμμείξας δώῃ Ζεὺς τερπικέραυνος, ἄλλοτε μέν τε κακῷ ὅ γε κύρεται ἄλλοτε δ' ἐσθλῷ 24.530
.b the subordinate clause alone contains τε, λάζετο δ' ἔγχος.. τῷ δάμνησι στίχας ἀνδρῶν ἡρώων οἷσίν τε κοτέσσεται ὀβριμοπάτρη 5.747
;ῥεῖα δ' ἀρίγνωτος γόνος ἀνέρος ᾧ τε Κρονίων ὄλβον ἐπικλώση Od.4.207
;ἀντί νυ πολλῶν λαῶν ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ὅν τε Ζεὺς κῆρι φιλήσῃ Il.9.117
, cf. 7.298, Od.6.287, 7.74, 8.547, 18.276; with opt.,ἀλλὰ πολὺ πρώτιστος.. ἕλεσκον ἀνδρῶν δυσμενέων ὅ τέ μοι εἴξειε πόδεσσι 14.221
: it is prob. that τε has been replaced by κε in the text of Hom. in Il.1.218, 9.510 (cf. 508), and some other passages in which κε seems to be used, exceptionally, in general relative clauses.c both clauses contain τε, ὃς μέν τ' αἰδέσεται κούρας Διὸς ἆσσον ἰούσας, τὸν δὲ μέγ' ὤνησαν καί τ' ἔκλυον εὐχομένοιο Il.9.508
-9;εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον γε καὶ αὐτῆμαρ καταπέψῃ, ἀλλά τε καὶ μετόπισθεν ἔχει κότον 1.82
-3.4 in the subordinate clause of a collective sentence, in which the principal clause states something to be true of all those (i.e. each individual) to whom the predicate of the subordinate clause applies,ὑπόσχωμαι.. κτήματα.. πάντα μάλ' ὅσσα τ' Ἀλέξανδρος.. ἠγάγετο Τροίηνδ'.. δωσέμεν Il.22.115
; , cf. Od.18.131, Il.19.105; , cf. 18.485.5 in relative clauses (and in parenthetic principal clauses) which indicate what is customary, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἱερήϊον οὐδὲ βοείην ἀρνύσθην, ἅ τε ποσσὶν ἀέθλια γίγνεται ἀνδρῶν which are the usual prizes.., Il.22.160;ἔργ' ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε, τά τε κλείουσιν ἀοιδοί Od.1.338
, cf. 3.435, 4.85, 13.410, 14.226, 17.423, Il.5.332;κύματος ἐξαναδύς, τά τ' ἐρεύγεται ἤπειρόνδε Od.5.438
;μολπή τ' ὀρχηστύς τε, τὰ γάρ τ' ἀναθήματα δαιτός 1.152
: similarly in clauses withοἷά τε (πολλά), κῆτος ἐπισσεύῃ μέγα δαίμων ἐξ ἁλός, οἷά τε πολλὰ τρέφει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη 5.422
;οὐ γάρ σ' οὐδέ.. δαήμονι φωτὶ ἐΐσκω ἄθλων, οἷά τε πολλὰ μετ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλονται 8.160
, cf. 11.364, 14.63, 15.324, 379.6 in relative clauses indicating what is true of all persons or things denoted by the same word, οὐ γάρ τις νήσων ἱππήλατος οὐδ' εὐλείμων αἵ θ' ἁλὶ κεκλίαται no one of the islands which lie in the sea (as all islands do, i.e. no island at all), Od.4.608;ἡμίονον.. ἥ τ' ἀλγίστη δαμάσασθαι Il.23.655
;ἐσθλὸς ἐὼν γαμβρὸς ἢ πενθερός, οἵ τε μάλιστα κήδιστοι τελέθουσι Od.8.582
;αἰετοῦ οἴματ' ἔχων.. ὅς θ' ἅμα κάρτιστός τε καὶ ὤκιστος πετεηνῶν Il.21.252
, cf. 24.294;οὐδέ μιν εἰσοιχνεῦσι κυνηγέται, οἵ τε καθ' ὕλην ἄλγεα πάσχουσιν Od.9.120
;δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας πρὸς Διὸς εἰρύαται Il.1.238
, cf. Od.5.67, 101, Il.1.279, 19.31, 24.415;οἶνός σε τρώει.., ὅς τε καὶ ἄλλους βλάπτει Od.21.293
, cf. 14.464;πάρφασις, ἥ τ' ἔκλεψε νόον πύκα περ φρονεόντων Il.14.217
;οἰκωφελίη, ἥ τε τρέφει ἀγλαὰ τέκνα Od.14.223
.7 when the antecedent is a definite group of gods or men, the relative clause with τε indicates an essential characteristic of the antecedent,Ἐρινύες, αἵ θ' ὑπὸ γαῖαν ἀνθρώπους τείνυνται Il.19.259
;Σειρῆνας.., αἵ ῥά τε πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλγουσιν Od.12.39
;Φαίηκές μ' ἄγαγον ναυσίκλυτοι, οἵ τε καὶ ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους πέμπουσιν 16.227
, cf. 20.187; ;Λωτοφάγων, οἵ τ' ἄνθινον εἶδαρ ἔδουσι Od.9.84
: similarly when the antecedent is an individual person (incl. god) or thing, the relative clause with τε indicates one of his or its general or essential characteristics or aspects, , cf. 2.669, Od.5.4;Ἑρμείαο ἕκητι διακτόρου, ὅς ῥά τε πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἔργοισι χάριν καὶ κῦδος ὀπάζει 15.319
;Λάμπον καὶ Φαέθονθ', οἵ τ' Ἠῶ πῶλοι ἄγουσι 23.246
;Τειρεσίαο μάντιος ἀλαοῦ, τοῦ τε φρένες ἔμπεδοί εἰσι 10.493
;τεύχεα δύνεις ἀνδρὸς ἀριστῆος, τόν τε τρομέουσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.17.203
, cf. 7.112; κεῖται ἀνὴρ ὅν τ' (v.l. ὃν)ἶσον ἐτίομεν Ἕκτορι δίῳ, Αἰνείας 5.467
; the relative clause sts. indicates what is customary,οὐδέ σε λήθω τιμῆς ἧς τέ μ' ἔοικε τετιμῆσθαι μετ' Ἀχαιοῖς 23.649
;ἔνθα δ' ἀνὴρ ἐνίαυε πελώριος, ὅς ῥά τε μῆλα οἶος ποιμαίνεσκε Od.9.187
;τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός, ὅς τέ μοι ὕπνον ἀπεχθαίρει καὶ ἐδωδὴν μνωομένῳ 4.105
;σῆς ἀλόχου.. ἥ τέ τοι αὔτως ἧσται ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν 13.336
;καὶ κήρυκα Μέδοντα σαώσομεν, ὅς τέ μευ αἰεὶ.. κηδέσκετο 22.357
, cf. 346.8 τε is used in descriptions of particular places or things when attention is called to their peculiar or characteristic features, or their position, e.g.Λιβύην, ἵνα τ' ἄρνες ἄφαρ κεραοὶ τελέθουσι Od.4.85
; , cf. 9.124, 13.99, 100, 107, 109, 244; ἓξ δέ τέ οἱ (sc. Σκύλλῃ)δειραὶ περιμήκεες 12.90
, cf. 93,99, 105; ἐν δέ τε Γοργείη κεφαλή (in Athena's αἰγίς) Il.5.741; χαλεπὸν δέ τ' ὀρύσσειν ἀνδράσι γε θνητοῖσι (sc. μῶλυ) Od. 10.305; ; sts. τε draws attention to a well-known custom or permanent feature,ἀρξάμενοι τοῦ χώρου, ὅθεν τέ περ οἰνοχοεύει 21.142
;ἦ μένετε Τρῶας σχεδὸν ἐλθέμεν, ἔνθα τε νῆες εἰρύατ' εὔπρυμνοι Il.4.247
, cf. Od. 6.266;ἐν ποταμῷ, ὅθι τ' ἀρδμὸς ἔην πάντεσσι βοτοῖσιν Il.18.521
, cf. Od.14.353.9 a part of the anatomy is defined by a clause (containing τε) which indicates a feature which universally belongs to it,κατ' ἰσχίον, ἔνθα τε μηρὸς ἰσχίῳ ἐνστρέφεται Il.5.305
, cf. 8.83, 13.547, 16.481, 20.478; similarly a point of time is defined,ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ, ὅτε τ' ἤματα μακρὰ πέλονται Od.18.367
.10 τε is used in relative clauses which define a measurement of a particular thing or action by reference to the measurement (in general) of some thing or action well known in daily life,γεφύρωσεν δὲ κέλευθον μακρὴν ἠδ' εὐρεῖαν, ὅσον τ' ἐπὶ δουρὸς ἐρωὴ γίγνεται Il.15.358
; ; , cf. 3.321, al.; more rarely the definition is by reference to the measurement of a particular thing or action, ἤσθιε.. ἕως ὅ τ' ἀοιδὸς ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἄειδεν (s.v.l.) 17.358;ἥ τις δὴ τέτληκε τόσα φρεσίν, ὅσσα τ' ἐγώ περ 19.347
.11 the freq. use of τε B in similes is to be explained under one or other of the foregoing heads, e.g. when reference is made to generally known kinds of things or natural phenomena, to human experience in daily life, or to well-known phenomena of the animal world, Il.2.456, 459, 463, 468, 470, 471, 474, 481, 3.23-5,33, 11.415-7, al.; or when universal characteristics of gods, men, animals, etc., are indicated by relative clauses introduced by ὅς τε, ὅς ῥά τε, etc., 3.61, 151, 198, al.; or by ὥς τε, ἠΰτε, ὥς τίς τε, etc., e.g. 5.136, 17.133, Od.4.535,ὡς εἴ τε 9.314
, 14.254, etc.II in post-Hom. Gr. this use of τε is more restricted; outside of [dialect] Ep. and other early dactylic verse (Hes.Op.30, 214, 233, al., Xenoph.13.3, Thgn.148, 359, etc.) it is not found except with relatives, and with these it has scarcely any discernible sense, so that ὅς τε in Lyr. and Trag. is for the most part only = ὅς, e.g. (possibly generalizing)Μοῖρ', ἅ τε πατρώϊον τῶνδ' ἔχει τὸν εὔφρονα πότμον Pi.O.2.35
, cf. 14.2, A.Eu. 1024, E.Hec. 445 (lyr.), etc. (v. ὅστε); without generalizing force, Pi.N.9.9, A.Pers. 297, Ch. 615, etc.; Hdt. hasτά πέρ τε 1.74
,ὅκως τε 2.108
codd., ὅσον τε (without a verb, as in Od.9.325, al.) 1.126, 2.96, 3.5, al.,οἷά τε 1.93
codd. (adverbially 2.175, 5.11): in [dialect] Att. Prose and Com. even these uses disappear and we find only a few phrases, as ἅτε, ὥστε, ἐφ' ᾧτε, οἷός τε; in later Gr. we find exceptionallyἔνθεν τε Hp.Ep.17
; (ii B.C.);ἀπ' οὗ τε PCair.Zen.291.3
(iii B.C.); (Erythrae, ii B.C.); ἥ τ' PMag.Par.1.2962;ὅσον τε ὀκτὼ στάδια Paus.6.26.1
; καὶ ἔστιν ἔπη Μαντικὰ ὁπόσα τε (= which)ἐπελεξάμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς Id.9.31.5
;οἷόν τε καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κύων φωνῆς θεωροῦμεν S.E.M.11.28
.C in Hom. τε is also (but less freq.) used in conjunction with other particles in contexts (mainly particular statements) such as the following:1 in assurances, statements on oath, and threats,σχέτλιος, ἦ τ' ἐκέλευον ἀπωσάμενον δήϊον πῦρ ἂψ ἐπὶ νῆας ἴμεν Il.18.13
;ἐξ αὖ νῦν ἔφυγες θάνατον, κύον· ἦ τέ τοι ἄγχι ἦλθε κακόν 11.362
; ἦ τε is similarly used in 11.391, 17.171, 236, Od.24.28, 311, al.; ἦ τ' ἄν in Il.12.69, al.; γάρ τε (s. v.l.) inοὐ γάρ τ' οἶδα 6.367
, cf. Od.10.190; νύ τε in 1.60, 347 (but τ' more prob. = τοι, v. σύ) ; δέ τε inἀγορῇ δέ τ' ἀμείνονές εἰσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.18.106
; ; μέν τε in , cf. 4.341; εἴ πέρ τε inοὔ τοι ἔτι δηρόν γε φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης ἔσσεται, οὐδ' εἴ πέρ τε σιδήρεα δέσματ' ἔχῃσιν Od.1.204
, cf. 188, Il.12.223, 245.2 also in commands, warnings, and admonitions,σίγα, μή τίς τ' ἄλλος Ἀχαιῶν τοῦτον ἀκούσῃ μῦθον Il.14.90
, cf. Od.19.486; ; τούσδε τ' (v.l. δ')ἐᾶν 16.96
(nisi leg. τούσδ' ἔτ'); δὸς δέ τέ μ' ἄνδρα ἑλεῖν 5.118
; μηδέ τ' ἐρώει (nisi leg. μηδ' ἔτ') 2.179, 22.185.3 also in passionate utterances, in clauses which indicate the cause of the speaker's passion or a circumstance which might have caused others to behave more considerately towards him,ὤ μοι ἐγὼ δειλή.. ἥ τ'.. τὸν μὲν.. θρέψασα.. ἐπιπροέηκα Il.18.55
;σχέτλιοί ἐστε, θεοί, ζηλήμονες ἔξοχον ἄλλων, οἵ τε θεαῖς ἀγάασθε.. ἤν τίς τε.. Od.5.119
, 120, cf. 21.87, Il.15.468, 17.174; ἡμεῖς δ' αὖ μαχόμεσθ', οἵ πέρ τ' ἐπίκουροι ἔνειμεν and we, who ( mark you) are only allies (not γαμβροί and κασίγνητοι), are fighting, 5.477; τρεῖς γάρ τ' ἐκ Κρόνου εἰμὲν ἀδελφεοί for we, let me tell you, are three brothers, sons of Cronos (and Zeus has no prior title to power), 15.187;ποῖόν δε ἔπος φύγεν ἕρκος ὀδόντων δεινόν τ' ἀργαλέον τε· νεμεσσῶμαι δέ τ' ἀκούων Od.21.169
; .4 in descriptions of particular events and things where there is no general reference,κνίση μὲν ἀνήνοθεν, ἐν δέ τε φόρμιγξ ἠπύει Od.17.270
; ὥς (= so)τέ μοι ὑβρίζοντες ὑπερφιάλως δοκέουσιν δαίνυσθαι κατὰ δῶμα 1.227
;τοὺς μέν τ' ἰητροὶ πολυφάρμακοι ἀμφιπένονται.. σὺ δ' ἀμήχανος ἔπλευ, Ἀχιλλεῦ Il.16.28
; πόλιν πέρι δινηθήτην καρπαλίμοισι πόδεσσι, θεοὶ δέ τε πάντες ὁρῶντο dub. l. in 22.166;εὗρε δ' ἐνὶ σπῆϊ γλαφυρῷ Θέτιν, ἀμφὶ δέ τ' ἄλλαι εἵαθ' ὁμηγερέες ἅλιαι θεαί 24.83
(s.v.l.);ἐν δέ τε φάρμακον ἧκε Od.10.317
;νῶϊ δέ τ' ἄψορροι κίομεν Il.21.456
;πολλὰς γὰρ δὴ νύκτας.. ἄεσα καί τ' ἀνέμεινα.. Ἠῶ Od.19.342
;δέελον δ' ἐπὶ σῆμά τ' ἔθηκε Il.10.466
;ἐν δέ τε οἶνον κρητῆρσιν κερόωντο Od.20.252
; so with οὐδέ τ' (nisi leg. οὐδ' ἔτ'), τὸν καὶ ὑπέδδεισαν μάκαρες θεοὶ οὐδέ τ' ἔδησαν Il.1.406
;οὐδέ τ' ἔληγε μέγας θεός, ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτόν 21.248
;οὐδέ τ' ἄειρε 23.730
;οὐδέ τ' ἔασεν 11.437
, 21.596, cf. 15.709.5 ὅτε τε ( when) freq. introduces a temporal clause defining a point of time in the past by means of a well-known event which occurred then, ἦ οὐ μέμνῃ ὅτε τ' ἐκρέμω ὑψόθεν; Il.15.18;ὅτε τε Κρόνον.. Ζεὺς γαίης νέρθε καθεῖσε 14.203
; (but ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τε is general in 13.335; so also ὅτε πέρ τε.. κέρωνται in 4.259); , cf. 10.286, 22.102, Od.7.323, 18.257.6 in ὅ τε ( that or because) the τε has no observable meaning, , cf. 412, 4.32, 6.126, Od.5.357, al.7 ἐπεί τε = ἐπεί ( when) is rare in Hom.,ἐπεί τ' ἐνόησε Il.12.393
, cf. ἐπείτε.8 where τ' ἄρ occurs in questions, e.g. πῇ τ' ἂρ μέμονας καταδῦναι ὅμιλον; Il.13.307, cf. 1.8, 18.188, al., ταρ (q.v.) should prob. be read, since ἄρ ([etym.] α) usu. precedes a τε which is not copulative; so perh. ταρα should be read for τ' ἄρα in Od.1.346.9 inἣ θέμις ἐστὶν.. ἤ τ' ἀνδρῶν ἤ τε γυναικῶν Il.9.276
, it is not clear whether τε is copulative (τε A) or generalizing (τε B) or neither (τε C); ἤ is prob. = ἦ (accented as in ἤτοι (; ἤ τ' ἀλκῆς ἤ τε φόβοιο is dub. l. in 17.42; ἤ τ' = or is found in 19.148, = than in Od.16.216.10 Rarer and later uses;a also, esp. withἄλλος, Ἑρμεία, σὺ γὰρ αὖτε τά τ' ἄλλα περ ἄγγελός ἐσσι Od.5.29
, cf. 17.273, Il.23.483;ἐπεὶ τά τε ἄλλα πράττουσιν καλῶς, ἀναθεῖναι αὐτοὺς καὶ στήλην IG22.1298.9
, cf. Lycurg.100 (s.v.l.);ἐκομισάμην τὸ παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστόλιον, ἐν ᾧ ὑπέγραψάς μοι τήν τε παρὰ Ζήνωνος πρὸς Ἰεδδοῦν γεγραμμένην PCair.Zen.18.1
(iii B.C.); εἰ οὖν περὶ τούτων ἐπιστροφὴν μὴ ποιήσει, οἵ τε λοιποί μοι τὰς χεῖρας προσοίσουσιν (- σωσιν Pap.) PPetr.2p.10 (iii B.C.);τῶν δὲ παρὰ ταῦτα ποιησόντων τά τε κτήνη ὑπὸ στέρεσιν ἀχθήσεσθαι πρὸς τὰ ἐκφόρια PTeb.27.74
(ii B.C.); v. supr. A. 11.3b.b with ὅδε, adding a slight emphasis to the preceding word,εἰ δὴ τήνδε τε γαῖαν ἀνείρεαι Od.13.238
, cf. 15.484.c τε γάρ rarely = καὶ γάρ or γάρ, Arist.APo. 75b41, de An. 405a4, PA 661b28, Pol. 1318b33, 1333a2; ἐάν τε γάρ for even if, 2 Ep.Cor.10.8; τήν τε γὰρ ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκ ᾔδειν for I had not known even lust. Ep.Rom.7.7.D Position of τε:1 in signf. A, as an enclitic, it stands second word in the sentence, clause, or phrase, regardless of the meaning: ἐγγύθι τε Πριάμοιο καὶ Ἕκτορος near both Priam and Hector, Il.6.317; , cf. 4.505, 7.295; codd., cf. 291 (anap.);ἄνευ τε δόλου καὶ ἀπάτης Hdt.1.69
;ὑπέρ τε σοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς PEnteux.6.6
(iii B.C.); , cf. Ti. 70b; hence in E.Or. 897 πόλεος must be taken with what precedes (Porson ad loc.): but article + noun, preposition + noun are freq. regarded as forming a unity indivisible by τε, τοῖς κτανοῦσί τε A.Ch.41
(lyr.);πρὸς βίαν τε Id.Pr. 210
; also the order is freq. determined by the meaning, τε being placed immediately after the word (or first word of a phrase or clause) which it joins to what precedes or to what follows,πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
;ἔξω δόμων τε καὶ πάτρας A.Pr. 665
; the copulative or preparatory τε precedes many other particles, e.g. τε γάρ, τ' ἄρα, τέ τις.2 τε is enclitic in signfs. B, C also, and stands early in its sentence, clause, or phrase (v. supr.), but many particles which follow τε in signf. A precede it in signfs. B, C, e.g. in signfs. B, C we have δέ τε, μέν τε, γάρ τε, ἀλλά τε, δ' ἄρα τε, ὅς ῥά τε, οὔτ' ἄρ τε, καὶ γάρ τίς τε, ὅς τίς τε, καί τε. -
17 ὅτι
A that, after Verbs of seeing or knowing, thinking or saying; in Hom. freq. strengthd. ὅτι ῥα, and ὅτι δή:—Usage:a in Hom. always with ind., the tense following the same rules as in English, .b in [dialect] Att., ὅτι takes ind. after primary tenses, ind. or opt. after secondary tenses, e.g. ;ᾔσθετο ὅτι τὸ Μένωνος στράτευμα ἤδη ἐν Κιλικίᾳ ἦν X.An.1.2.21
, cf. 2.2.15, al.; , cf. Pl.Phd. 59e, etc.;ἠπείλησ' ὅτι.. βαδιοίμην Ar.Pl. 88
: the ind. is freq. retained in the same tense which the speaker used or would have used, ἠγγέλθη.. ὅτι Μέγαρα ἀφέστηκε news came that Megara had (lit. has) revolted, Th.1.114; ἀποκρινάμενοι ὅτι πέμψουσι ib.90: sts. opt. and ind. are found in the same sentence,ἔλεγον, ὅτι Κῦρος μὲν τέθνηκεν, Ἀριαῖος δὲ πεφευγὼς.. εἴη X.An. 2.1.3
;Περικλῆς.. προηγόρευε.. ὅτι Ἀρχίδαμος μέν οἱ ξένος εἴη.., τοὺς δ' ἀγροὺς τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ καὶ οἰκίας.., ἀφίησιν αὐτὰ δημόσια εἶναι Th. 2.13
, cf. Pl.Phd. 61b, etc.: also ὅτι .. and the acc. with inf. are found together, Th.3.25, X.Cyr.1.3.13.2 when ὅτι introduces a conditional sentence, the Constr. after ὅτι is the same as in independent conditional sentences, εἴ τις ἔροιτο, καθ' ὁποίους νόμους δεῖ πολιτεύεσθαι, δῆλον ὅτι ἀποκρίναισθ' ἄν .. it is manifest that you would answer.., D.46.12, cf. X.Mem.1.6.12.II ὅτι is freq. inserted pleon. in introducing a quotation (where we use no Conj. and put inverted commas), λόγον τόνδε ἐκφαίνει ὁ Πρωτεύς, λέγων ὅτι ἐγὼ εἰ μὴ περὶ πολλοῦ ἡγεύμην .. Hdt.2.115; καὶ ἐγὼ εἶπον, ὅ. ἡ αὐτή μοι ἀρχή ἐστι .. Pl.Prt. 318a, cf. 356a, 361a, etc.; even where the quotation consists of one word, ib. 330c, Men. 74b, 74c.2 ὅ. is also used pleon. with the inf. and acc. (cf.ὡς B.
I.I), εἶπον ὅτι πρῶτον ἐμὲ χρῆναι πειραθῆναι κατ' ἐμαυτόν (which is in fact a mixture of two constrr.) Id.Lg. 892d, cf. Phd.63c, X.HG2.2.2, etc.; but ὅτι has freq. been wrongly inserted by the copyists, as if εἶπεν or λέγουσιν must be followed by it, as in Th.4.37 (om. Pap.), X.Cyr.5.4.1, etc.III ὅτι in [dialect] Att. freq. represents a whole sentence, esp. in affirm. answers, οὐκοῦν.. τὸ ἀδικεῖν κάκιον ἂν εἴη τοῦ ἀδικεῖσθαι. Answ. δῆλον δὴ ὅτι (i.e. ὅτι κάκιον ἂν εἴη, or ὅτι ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει) Pl.Grg. 475c; cf. οἶδ' ὅτι, ἴσθ' ὅτι, οἶσθ' ὅτι, S.Ant. 276, 758, Pl.Grg. 486a, etc.: hence arose the practice of using δηλονότι (q.v.) as Adv.2 what we make the subject of the Verb which follows ὅτι freq. stands in the preceding clause, Αυκάονας δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ εἴδομεν, ὅτι.. καρποῦνται (for εἴδομεν, ὅτι Λυκάονες καρποῦνται) X.An.3.2.23, cf. 3.2.29, etc.IV ὅτι sts.= with regard to the fact that,ὅτι.. οὔ φησι.. ὄνομα εἶναι, ὑποπτεύω αὐτὸν σκώπτειν Pl.Cra. 384c
, cf. Prt. 330e, etc.V οὐχ ὅ..., ἀλλὰ orἀλλὰ καὶ.., οὐχ ὅ. ὁ Κρίτων ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ ἦν, ἀλλὰ οἱ φίλοι αὐτοῦ
not only .., but his friends, X.Mem.2.9.8; more fully,οὐ μόνον ὅ. ἄνδρες, ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες Pl.Smp. 179b
: so folld. by ἀλλ' οὐδὲ.., ταύτῃ ἀδύνατα ἐξισοῦσθαι οὐχ ὅ. τὰ ἐν τῇ Εὐρώπῃ, ἀλλ' οὐδ' ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ not only the powers in Europe, but.., Th.2.97: οὐχ ὅ., not folld. by a second clause, means although,οὐχ ὅ. παίζει καί φησι Pl.Prt. 336d
, cf. Grg. 450e, Tht. 157b; cf.ὅπως A.
II. 2.B as a causal Particle, for that, because, generally after Verbs of feeling, Il.1.56, 14.407, al.;οὐδὲν ἐκπλαγείς, ὅτι.. εἶδες Jul.Or.1.31a
: but without such a Verb,ὃν περὶ πάσης τῖεν ὁμηλικίης, ὅτι οἱ φρεσὶν ἄρτια ᾔδη Il.5.326
, cf. 9.76, al.;μάλιστα δ' αὐτοὺς ἐπεκαλέσαντο ὅτι τειχομαχεῖν ἐδόκουν δυνατοὶ εἶναι Th.1.102
, cf. And.1.75, Aeschin.3.231; soὅτιπερ Th.4.14
.b folld. by τί, ὅτι τί; why? (lit. because why?) D.23.214; ὅτι τί δή; Ar.Pl. 136, Luc.Dem.Enc.22; ὅτι δὴ τί μάλιστα; Pl.R. 343a; ὅτι δὴ τί γε; Id.Chrm. 161c; cf. ὁτιή.2 seeing that, in giving the reason for saying what is said, γλαυκὴ δέ σε τίκτε θάλασσα.. ὅτι τοι νόος ἐστὶν ἀπηνής as is proved by the fact that.., Il.16.35, cf. 21.488, Od.22.36. [The last syll. is never elided in [dialect] Att., prob. to avoid confusion with ὅτε: in Hom. ὅτ' ([etym.] ὅ τ') prob. always represents ὅτε ([etym.] ὅ τε): there are no examples of ὅττ': hiatus after ὅτι is permitted in Com., Ar.Lys. 611, Ach. 516.] -
18 νοέω
νοέω fut. νοήσω LXX; 1 aor. ἐνόησα; pf. νενόηκα; plpf. ἐνενοήκειν (Just.). Pass.: fut. 3 sg. νοηθήσεται Sir 14:21; aor. inf. νοηθῆναι (Just.) (Hom.+; pap, LXX, En, TestSol 11:1 P.; TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 22 [Stone p. 68]; Test12Patr; ApcMos 18; EpArist, Philo, Joseph., apolog. exc. Ar.).① to grasp or comprehend someth. on the basis of careful thought, perceive, apprehend, understand, gain an insight intoⓐ w. obj. in the acc. (X., An. 3, 4, 44; Jos., Vi. 298; SibOr 5, 65) τὴν σύνεσίν μου my insight Eph 3:4. δικαίως ν. τὰς ἐντολάς understand the commandments rightly 10:12b. τὰς παραβολάς understand the parables Hm 10, 1, 4; οὐ δύναμαι νοῆσαι I cannot understand (them) s 5, 3, 1 (cp. Pr 1:6); (w. συνιέναι, as 10:12a) πάντα τὰ λεγόμενα m 10, 1, 6a (Just., D. 73, 3 τὸ λεγόμενον); cp. 6b; τῆς βασάνου τὴν δύναμιν the power of the torment Hs 6, 4, 3a. τὴν πρᾶξιν ἣν ποιεῖ what he is doing 6, 5, 3. τὰ ἐπουράνια understand heavenly things ITr 5:2; τὴν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ Hm 12, 4, 2; Hs 5, 3, 1 (w. γινώσκειν [as Plato, Rep. 6, 508d and e]); τοὺς χρόνους τ. ἀπάτης 6, 5, 1. Relative clause as obj. 1 Ti 1:7; Dg 8:11; IRo 6:3. ταῦτα 10:12a; Hs 5, 5, 4. αὐτά 6, 5, 2; 9, 2, 6b; οὐδὲν ν. comprehend nothing Hv 3, 6, 5; Hs 9, 14, 4. ὅλως οὐδὲν ν. understand nothing at all m 4, 2, 1. Also οὐδὲν ὅλως ν. 10, 1, 5 (μηδὲν τούτων Just., D. 125, 5). ὅσα οὐ δύνασαι νοῆσαι whatever you cannot comprehend Hs 9, 2, 6a. οὐδὲ δύναμαι νοῆσαι nor do I understand anything (about it) 9, 9, 2.—W. acc. of pers. (Mel., P. 82, 605 οὐκ ἐνόησας τὸν κύριον): of the angel of wickedness πῶς νοήσω αὐτὸν οὐκ ἐπίσταμαι I do not understand how I am to recognize him Hm 6, 2, 5.—W. περί τινος instead of the obj. ἔτι οὐ νενόηκα ὅλως περὶ τοῦ χρόνου τῆς ἀπάτης I have not yet fully understood concerning the time of deceptive pleasure Hs 6, 5, 1 v.l.—Pass. τὰ ἀόρατα … νοούμενα καθορᾶται what is invisible … is clearly perceived (w. the eye of the understanding) Ro 1:20 (νοῆσαι τὸν θεόν: Herm. Wr. 11, 20b; 12, 20b and PGM 3, 597; Orphica Fgm. 6 Abel [Eus., PE 13, 12, 5; cp. Denis 165, ln. 5f; Holladay p. 128 ln. 16, s. app.] οὐδέ τις αὐτὸν εἰσοράᾳ ψυχῶν θνητῶν, νῷ δʼ εἰσοράαται (difft. Theosophien §56, vs. 10 [p. 180]. S. γνωστός 2). Of the λόγος: ὑπὸ ἀπίστων μὴ νοούμενος Dg 11:2 (cp. Ath. 18, 2 λόγῳ υἱῷ νοουμένῳ ἀμερίστῳ).ⓑ w. ὅτι foll. (BGU 114 I, 9; 2 Km 12:19; EpArist 224; Philo, Virt. 17, Mos. 1, 287; Just. D. 4, 7; 27, 2; B-D-F §397, 2) Mt 15:17; 16:11; Mk 7:18; Ac 16:10 D; 1 Cl 27:3; 7:1; Hm 10, 1, 2; Hs 1:3; (w. οἶδα) 2:8.ⓒ foll. by acc. and inf. (2 Macc 14:30; Just. D. 46, 5 ἃ πάντως ἅγια νοοῦμεν εἶναι; 49, 22; 60, 3; B-D-F §397, 2; Rob. 1036) Hb 11:3; foll. by acc. and ptc. ἐνόησα ὑμᾶς κατηρτισμένους I have observed that you are equipped ISm 1:1 (Kaibel 278, 3 τὸν φίλον ὄντα νόει; Just. D. 46, 5 θεὸν … ἐντειλάμενον ὑμῖν).ⓓ foll. by indirect question (IDefixWünsch 4, 56f ἵνα μὴ νοῶσιν τί ποιῶσιν; Wsd 4:17; SibOr 3, 796; Just. D. 12, 3) Hm 6, 1, 1; μὴ νοῶν ὅτι (τί v.l.) ἐστίν Hs 5, 4, 2; οὐ ν. w. indir. quest. preceding I do not understand m 10, 1, 3. Elliptically πῶς, οὐ νοῶ how (this can be) I do not understand Hs 5, 6, 1.ⓔ abs. (Sir 11:7; TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 22 [Stone p. 68] καλῶς ἐνόησας; Just. D. 119, 1 χάριν τοῦ νοῆσαι) B 6:10; 17:2; Hs 6, 4, 3b; 9, 28, 6; νοῆσαί σε δεῖ πρῶτον you must understand it first v 3, 8, 11. Comprehend, perceive (EpArist 153) Mt 16:9; Mk 8:17. More fully ν. τῇ καρδίᾳ (Is 44:18) J 12:40.② to think over with care, consider, take note of ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω let the reader/lector note (these words); s. ἀναγινώσκω) Mt 24:15; Mk 13:14. νόει ὸ̔ λέγω consider what I say 2 Ti 2:7 (Pla., Ep. 8, 352c νοήσατε ἃ λέγω) ἔτι κἀκεῖνο νοεῖτε consider this, too 4:14. W. indir. quest. foll. 1 Cl 19:3; 8:2.③ to form an idea about something, think, imagine (En 100:8 ν. τὸ κακόν) ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ ὧν νοοῦμεν far beyond what we imagine Eph 3:20.④ to pay heed with intent to act appropriately, be minded σεμνὰ ν. be honorably minded 1 Cl 1:3.—DELG s.v. νόος. M-M. TW. Sv. -
19 πνεῦμα
πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).① air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)ⓐ wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).ⓑ the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).② that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.③ a part of human personality, spiritⓐ when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.ⓑ as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).ⓒ spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.④ an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).ⓐ God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).ⓑ good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.ⓒ evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.⑤ God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.ⓐ the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.ⓑ the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.ⓒ Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.ⓓ abs.α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.ⓔ The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.ⓕ Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.ⓖ The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.⑥ the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).ⓐ πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.ⓑ Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).ⓒ The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.ⓓ The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.ⓔ One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.ⓕ The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.⑦ an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.⑧ an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
20 ἐπινοέω
ἐπινοέω 1 aor. ἐπενόησα, pass. 3 sg. ἐπενοήθη Wsd 14:14 (s. νοέω; Hdt., Aristoph. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; TestSol 20:10 P.; ApcrEzk [Epiph. 70, 7]; EpArist, Philo; Jos., Bell. 3, 190, Ant. 17, 37) to take notice of, notice someth. undesirable κατά τινος against someone=in someone 1 Cl 39:4 (Job 4:18). τὶ περί τινος someth. about someth. οὐδὲν ἐπινοεῖς περὶ αὐτῶν; do you not notice anything about them? Hs 9, 9, 1.—EOwen, ἐπινοέω, ἐπίνοια and Allied Words: JTS 35, ’34, 368–76.—DELG s.v. νόος. Sv.
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
ГРИГОРИЙ СИНАИТ — [греч. Γρηγόριος ὁ Σιναΐτης] (ок. 1275, сел. Кукул, близ Клазомен, М. Азия 27.11.1346 (?), Парория, в сев. части совр. хребта Странджа (Истранджа)), прп. (пам. 8 авг., греч. 6 апр.), один из важнейших деятелей исихастского возрождения XIV в.,… … Православная энциклопедия
ИОАНН ЛЕСТВИЧНИК — [греч. ᾿Ιωάννης τῆς Κλίμακος] (VI VII вв.), прп. (пам. 30 марта и в 4 ю Неделю Великого поста), игум. Синайского монастыря, автор классического произведения визант. аскетической письменности «Лествица Божественного восхождения». Житие Основным… … Православная энциклопедия
Heraclitus — Heraklit in der Gestalt Michelangelos, Detailansicht aus Raphaels Die Schule von Athen (1510–1511), Fresko in der Stanza della Segnatura (Vatikan) Heraklit von Ephesos (griechisch … Deutsch Wikipedia
Herakleitos — Heraklit in der Gestalt Michelangelos, Detailansicht aus Raphaels Die Schule von Athen (1510–1511), Fresko in der Stanza della Segnatura (Vatikan) Heraklit von Ephesos (griechisch … Deutsch Wikipedia
Heraklit — in der Gestalt Michelangelos, Detailansicht aus Raphaels Die Schule von Athen (1510–1511), Fresko in der Stanza della Segnatura, Vatikan Heraklit von Ephesos (griechisch Ἡράκλειτος ὁ Ἐφέσιος Herákleitos ho … Deutsch Wikipedia
Heraklit von Ephesos — Heraklit in der Gestalt Michelangelos, Detailansicht aus Raphaels Die Schule von Athen (1510–1511), Fresko in der Stanza della Segnatura (Vatikan) Heraklit von Ephesos (griechisch … Deutsch Wikipedia
ПРИРОДА — 1) в широком смысле всё сущее, весь мир в многообразии его форм; понятие П. в этом значении стоит в одном ряду с понятиями материи, универсума, Вселенной. 2) В более узком смысле объект науки, а точнее совокупный объект естествознания… … Философская энциклопедия
περίνους — ουν, ΝΑ αυτός που έχει περίνοια, συνετός, μυαλωμένος, νουνεχής, σώφρων, προσεκτικός. [ΕΤΥΜΟΛ. < περι * + νους (< νόος, νοῦς)] … Dictionary of Greek
προσαρμόζω — ΝΜΑ, και αττ. τ. προσαρμόττω Α [αρμόζω] 1. συνδέω κάτι με κάτι άλλο, συναρμόζω, ταιριάζω, εφαρμόζω («δρέπανά τε σιδηρᾶ περὶ τοῑς ἄξοσι προσήρμοσται», Ξεν.) 2. συνεκδ. στερεώνω 3. μτφ. τροποποιώ, μεταβάλλω κάτι για να τό καταστήσω πιο εύχρηστο ή… … Dictionary of Greek
τε — ΝΜΑ (ως συμπλεκτ. σύνδ.) χρησιμοποιείται αντί τού και, στη νεοελλ. ως λόγιος τ. ιδίως σε προτάσεις που περιέχουν δύο και, αντί τού πρώτου (α. «είναι άριστος γνώστης τής τε αρχαίας και τής νεοελληνικής γλώσσας» β. «χρὴ...λαχάνων ἅπτεσθαι, κοιλίαν… … Dictionary of Greek
ГЕОРГИЙ — [греч. Γεώργιος] († 303), вмч. (пам. 23 апр., 3 нояб., пам. рус. 26 нояб., пам. груз. 10 нояб.). Один из наиболее известных святых в христ. мире, а в нек рых странах (напр., в Грузии и Англии) самый почитаемый. Претерпевший особо тяжелые… … Православная энциклопедия